Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

more like prose

  • 1 πεζός

    πεζός, ή, όν, (v. πούς):
    1 in Poets, esp. [dialect] Ep.,
    a on foot, walking, πεζοί fighters on foot, opp. those in chariots,

    πεζοί θ' ἱππῆές τε Il. 8.59

    , cf. 5.13,11.150 ;

    πλῆτο δὲ πᾶν πεδίον πεζῶν τε καὶ ἵππων Od.17.436

    , cf.9.50.
    b on land, going by land, opp. sea-faring, esp.in Od. ;

    εἰ δ' ἐθέλεις π., πάρα τοι δίφρος τε καὶ ἵπποι 3.324

    ;

    οὐ μὲν γάρ τί σε πεζὸν ὀΐομαι ἐνθάδ' ἱκέσθαι 1.173

    ;

    ἔφθης πεζὸς ἰὼν ἢ ἐγὼ σὺν νηῒ μελαίνῃ 11.58

    , cf. Pi.P.10.29 ; ἐν νηῒ θοῇ ἢ π. Il.24.438.
    2in Prose, ὁ π. (with or without στρατός),
    a sts. infantry, opp. cavalry ([etym.] ἡ ἵππος), Hdt.1.80, 4.128 ;

    σὺν δυνάμει καὶ π. καὶ ἱππικῇ X.Cyr.2.4.18

    ; but,
    b more freq.land-force, army, opp. naval force, Hdt.4.97, 6.95, Th.1.47, 2.94, etc. ; τὸ π. v.l. in Hdt.7.81 ; στρατιὰ καὶ ναυτικὴ καὶ π. Th.6.33, cf. 7.16 (and v. πεζικός)

    ; ἡ π. στρατιὰ καὶ τὸ ναυτικόν Lys.2.34

    , cf. A. Pers. 558 (lyr.), 719, 728 (both troch.) ; οἱ μὲν ἐφ' ἵππων, οἱ δ' ἐπὶ ναῶν, πεζοί τε βάδην ib.19 ; τὰ π. κράτιστοι strongest by land, Th.4.12 ;

    καὶ ναυσὶ καὶ πεζοῖσι Ar.Ach. 622

    ;

    π. μάχαισιν Id.Eq. 567

    ; ἡ π. μάχη battle by land, Pl.Lg. 707c ; ἐν τοῖς ναυτικοῖς κινδύνοις, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς π. Isoc.4.91.
    3 of animals, land, opp. birds and fishes, τὰ π. καὶ τὰ πτηνά beasts and birds, Pl.Smp. 207a, cf. Plt. 264e ; π. καὶ ἔνυδρον ib. 288a, cf. Lg. 823b, Arist.Top. 143b1, etc. ;

    ἡ π. θήρα Pl.Sph. 222b

    , cf. Lg. 824a.
    II metaph. (cf.

    αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Μουσέων πεζὸς ἔπειμι νομόν Call.Aet.4.1.9

    ), of language, prosaic, λόγοι π. prose (cf. 111.3), D.H. Comp.6, Paus.4.6.1 ; διὰ πεζῶν [λ.] Phld.Mus.p.87 K. ;

    λόγος POxy. 724.10

    (ii A. D.) ;

    ἡ π. διάλεκτος D.H. Comp.3

    ; ἡ π. λέξις ib.1 ; opp. ἡ ἔμμετρος, ib.4 ; ἡ π. alone, Str.1.2.6 ;

    τινὰ καὶ πεζὰ καὶ ἐν ἔπεσι ποιήματα D.C.69.3

    ; π. τις ποιητική, of bombastic prose, Luc. Hist.Conscr. 8 ; κομιδῇ πεζὸν καὶ χαμαιπετές ib.16, cf. Plu.2.853c ; τὰ ἄγαν π. καὶ κακόμετρα [ ὀνόματα] ib.747f ; π. ὀνόματα, opp. ποιητικά, Demetr.Eloc. 167.
    2 of verse, unaccompanied by music,

    καὶ πεζὰ καὶ φορμικτά S.Fr.16

    ; πεζῷ γόῳ· ἄνευ αὐλοῦ ἢ λύρας, Phot. ; cf. 111.2.
    3 common, ordinary,

    ἑταῖραι Theopomp.Hist.205

    ;

    μόσχοι Eup.169

    ;

    π. αὐλητρίς Pl.Com.155

    .
    III dat. fem. πεζῇ (sc. ὁδῷ ) as Adv.,
    1 on foot, opp. σὺν ἵππῳ, X.Oec.5.5.
    b more commonly, by land, Hdt.2.159, Th.2.94, etc. ; π. ἕπεσθαι to follow by land, Hdt. 7.110, 115 ;

    στρατιὰν μέλλων π. πορεύσειν Th.4.132

    ;

    π. πορεύεσθαι X.An.5.6.1

    ; οὔτε π. οὔτε κατὰ θάλατταν ib.5.6.10 ; καὶ π. καὶ ναυμαχοῦντες by land and by sea, D.3.24.
    2 without musical accompaniment (cf. 11.2),

    παῦσαι μελῳδοῦσ' ἀλλὰ π. μοι φράσον Com.Adesp. 601

    , cf. Pl.Sph. 237a.
    3 regul. Adv. πεζῶς in prose, Phld.Rh.1.165 S., Suid. s.v. ἱστορῆσαι.
    IV [comp] Comp. πεζότερος more like a foot-journey, Plu.2.804d ; more like prose, στίχοι π. τῇ συνθέσει Sch. Il.2.252, etc.: [comp] Sup. πεζότατος, τὸ π. μόριον τῆς ψυχή, cf. Procl.in Ti.3.317 D.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πεζός

  • 2 amnis

    amnis, is, m. ( fem., Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 18; Naev. and Att. ap. Non. 191, 33; Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 9; cf. Prisc. pp. 652 and 658 P.; Rudd. I. p. 26, n. 37; Schneid. Gram. 2, 98; abl. regularly amne;

    but freq. amni in the poets,

    Verg. G. 1, 203; 3, 447; Hor. S. 1, 10, 62; Col. R. R. 10, 136;

    also in prose,

    Liv. 21, 5; 21, 27 al.; cf. Prisc. p. 766; Rhem. Pal. 1374 P.; Rudd. I. p. 85, n. 85) [qs. for apnis from Sanscr. ap = water; n. plur. āpas. Van.; v. aqua], orig., any broad and deep-flowing, rapid water; a stream, torrent, river (hence, esp. in the poets, sometimes for a rapidly-flowing stream or a torrent rushing down from a mountain = torrens; sometimes for a large river, opp. fluvius (a common river); sometimes also for the ocean as flowing round the land; it most nearly corresponds with our stream; in prose not often used before the histt. of the Aug. per.; in Cic. only in Aratus and in his more elevated prose; never in his Epistt.).
    I.
    Lit.: acervos altā in amni, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 178 Rib.: apud abundantem antiquam amnem et rapidas undas Inachi, Att. ap. Non. 192, 4 (Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.):

    Sic quasi amnis celeris rapit, sed tamen inflexu flectitur,

    Naev. Trag. Rel. p. 12 Rib.; Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 15:

    molibus incurrit validis cum viribus amnis,

    Lucr. 1, 288 (v. the whole magnificent description, 1, 282- 290):

    Nilus unicus in terris, Aegypti totius amnis,

    id. 6, 714:

    ruunt de montibus amnes,

    Verg. A. 4, 164:

    amnes magnitudinis vastae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 19.—Also in distinction from the sea:

    cum pontus et amnes cuncti invicem commeant,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2.—On the contr. of the ocean, acc. to the Gr. Ôkeanos potamos (Hom. Od. 11, 639):

    Oceani amnis,

    the ocean-stream, Verg. G. 4, 233:

    quā fluitantibus undis Solis anhelantes abluit amnis equos,

    Tib. 2, 5, 60: Nox Mundum caeruleo laverat amne rotas, id. 3, 4, 18 al.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Poet., of the constellation Eridanus:

    Eridanum cernes funestum magnis cum viribus amnem,

    Cic. Arat. 145 (as a transl. of the Gr. leipsanon Êridanoio, poluklaustou potamoio, Arat. Phaenom. 360): Scorpios exoriens cum clarus fugerit amnis, Germanic. Arat. 648; cf. id. ib. 362. —
    B.
    Also poet. and in post-class. prose, any thing flowing, liquid, Verg. A. 12, 417; 7, 465:

    amnis musti,

    Pall. 11, 14, 18.—
    C.
    Of a writer, whose eloquence is thus compared to a flowing stream (v. flumen, II. B. and fluo, II. 2. B. 1.): alter (Herodotus) sine ullis salebris quasi sedatus amnis (i. e. a noiseless stream flowing on in majestic size and fulness) fluit;

    alter (Thucydides) incitatior fertur,

    Cic. Or. 12, 39.—
    D.
    Like flumen, as abstr., a current, stream: secundo amni, down or with the stream, Verg. G. 3, 447:

    adverso amne,

    up the stream, Curt. 10, 1 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amnis

  • 3 ὅμοιος

    ὅμοιος or (as in Hom., [dialect] Ion., and old [dialect] Att.) [full] ὁμοῖος, α, ον (cf. ἐρῆμος, ἑτοῖμος): later [dialect] Ep. also [full] ὁμοίιος (B, q.v.) ; [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὔμοιος Theoc.29.20 (Adv.
    A

    - ως IG12(2).69a6

    ) ; Arc. [full] ὑμοῖος Schwyzer 665A15 (Orchom., iv B.C.): ([etym.] ὁμός):—like, resembling, ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁ. ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁ. 'birds of a feather flock together', Od.17.218 ;

    ὁ ὅ. τῷ ὁ. Pl.Grg. 510b

    ;

    ὁ ὅ. ὡς τὸν ὅ. Arist.EN 1155a34

    ; τὸ ὅ. τῷ ὁ. φίλον ib. 1165b17, v. infr. 6 ; ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ὁ. as in similar cases (of persons), BGU79.18 (ii A.D.), etc.: [comp] Comp.

    - ότερος

    more like,

    Pl.Phd. 79b

    : [comp] Sup.

    - ότατος

    most like,

    Hdt.2.92

    , S.Ant. 833 (lyr.), etc.
    2 the same,

    ἄμφω γὰρ πέπρωται ὁμοίην γαῖαν ἐρεῦσαι Il.18.329

    ;

    χρὼς οὐκέθ' ὁ. Od.16.182

    ; hence (sc. ἑαυτῷ), always the same, unchanging,

    αἰεὶ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὁμοῖοι Hes.Op. 114

    ;

    ὅ. τὴν γνώμην

    the same as ever,

    Antipho 5.76

    ;

    γνῶμαι πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοὺς κινδύνους ὁμοῖαι Th.2.89

    ;

    ἀεὶ ὅ. εἶ, ὦ Ἀπολλόδωρε Pl.Smp. 173d

    ; ἓν καὶ ὅ. one and the same, Id.Phdr. 271a.
    3 equal in force, a match for one, Il.23.632, Hdt.9.96.
    4 of things, suiting, according with,

    πολλά τε καὶ ὅ. ἑαυταῖς Id.R.549e

    ;

    ὅ. τῇ φύσει Ar.Th. 167

    .
    5 ὁμοῖον ἡμῖν ἔσται it will be all the same, all one to us, Hdt.8.80 ;

    σὺ δ' αἰνεῖν εἴτε με ψέγειν θέλεις, ὁμοῖον A.Ag. 1404

    , cf. 1239, E.Supp. 1069 ;

    ἐν τῷ ὁ. καθειστήκει Th.2.49

    .
    6 τὸ ὅ. ἀνταποδιδόναι give 'tit for tat', Hdt.1.18 ; so τὴν ὁμοίην (sc. δίκην, χάριν)

    ἀποδιδόναι τινί Id.4.119

    , 6.21,62 ; τὴν ὁ. φέρεσθαι παρά τινος to have a like return made one, ibid. ; ἐπ' ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, v. ἴσος 11.2.
    8

    ἐκ τοῦ ὁ.

    in like fashion, likewise,

    Th.6.78

    ,87 ;

    ἐκ τῶν ὁ.

    ceteris paribus,

    Pl.Phdr. 243d

    ; on equal terms, in fair fight, A.Ag. 1423 ; so ἐν τῷ ὁ. στρατεύεσθαι καὶ ὅτε.. as when.., Th.6.21, etc.
    II of the same rank or station, Hdt.1.134 ;

    γαμεῖν ἐκ τῶν ὁ. Cleobul.

    ap. Stob.3.1.172, POxy.124.2 (iii A.D.), PSI 2.120.33 (iv A.D.?): hence οἱ ὅμοιοι, in aristocratic states, peers, all citizens who had equal right to hold state-offices, esp. at Sparta, X.HG 3.3.5, Lac.13.1,7, Arist.Pol. 1306b30 ;

    Περσέων ὁμοίους τοῖσι πρώτοισι δυώδεκα Hdt.3.35

    .
    III Geom., of figures, similar, Euc.6 Def.1, 3 Def.11, al. ; of angles, similar, i.e. equal, Arist.Cael. 296b20, 297b19, 311b34, cf. Thalesap.Procl.in Euc.1p.251F.
    2 of Numbers, square, the product of two equal factors, Plot.6.2.21 ; cf.

    ἀνόμοιος 2

    .
    B Construction:
    1 abs., freq. in Hom., etc. (v. supr.).
    2 c. dat. of the person or thing which another resembles: so always in Hom., Hes., and usu. in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. (v. supr.): but sts. c. gen., τοῖσι τούτων ὁμοίοις χύμασι v.l. in Hp.Art.12 (DielsZtschr.f.vergl. Sprachf.47.200), v. l. in Hdt.3.37 and Pl.R. 472d ; τουτέων οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο ἔθνος ὁμοίας τὰς κεφαλὰς ἔχον οὐδέν (ellipt. as in b. infr.) Hp. Aër.14 ;

    ὁ λεκτικὸς πῇ μὲν ὅμοιος Ἡροδότου, πῇ δὲ ἐνδεέστερος D.H. Pomp.4

    ;

    ὁμοία ἀνδριάντος Dion.Byz.53

    ;

    ὅμοιον ἱέρακος Cyran.22

    , cf. 12.
    b ellipt. phrases, κόμαι Χαρίτεσσιν ὁμοῖαι, for κόμαι ταῖς τῶν Χαρίτων ὁμοῖαι, Il.17.51 ; οὔ τις ὁμοῖα νοήματα Πηνελοπείῃ ᾔδη, for τοῖς τῆς Πηνελοπείης, Od.2.121 : also in Prose, ἅρματα ὅ. ἐκείνῳ, for τοῖς ἐκείνου, X.Cyr.6.1.50 ; ὁμοίαν ταῖς δούλαις ἐσθῆτα, for τῇ τῶν δουλῶν, ib.5.1.4 ; cf.

    ἴσος 1.1

    ,

    συγγενής 111.2

    .
    3 c. acc. of that in which a person or thing resembles another,

    ἀθανάτῃσι φυὴν καὶ εἶδος ὁμοίη Od.6.16

    , cf. 3.468, Il.5.778 ;

    ὀργὴν ὁ. τῷ κάκιστ' αὐδωμένῳ A.Th. 678

    , cf. S.Aj. 1153, etc.: also with Preps.,

    ὁμοῖοι ἐν πολέμῳ Il.12.270

    ;

    ἐς φύσιν οὐδὲν ὁ. Batr.32

    ;

    ὅ. τινὶ πρός τι X.Cyn.5.29

    ; but οὐδὲν ὁμοῖον ἦν μοι πρὸς τοῦτον I had nothing in common with him, Is. 8.26.
    4 c. inf., θείειν ἀνέμοισιν ὁμοῖοι like the winds in running, Il. 10.437 ; τῷ οὔ πώ τις ὁμοῖος κοσμῆσαι ἵππους like him to marshal or in marshalling horses, 2.553, cf. 14.521 ; ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμάζειν (s. v.l., θαυμάζοντες codd. dett.) X.An.3.5.13.
    b

    ὅμοιον εἰπεῖν

    approximately,

    Men.Epit. 548

    .
    5 folld. by a Relat., ὁμοίη, οἵην με τὸ πρῶτον ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι νόησας like as when thou saw'st me first, h.Ven. 178 ;

    ὅμοιον.., οἷόνπερ τὸ τῶν ποταμῶν X.HG4.2.11

    , cf. Hier.7.5, Cyr.6.1.37 : folld. by ὅσπερ, Id.An.5.4.34 ; by

    ὥσπερ, ὁ. ἀτμὸς ὥσπερ ἐκ τάφου πρέπει A.Ag. 1311

    , cf. X.Smp.4.37 ; by ὥστε, E.Or. 697 ; v. infr. c.
    6 folld. by καί (='as'),

    γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι καὶ σύ Hdt.7.50

    , cf. Th.1.120, Pl.Cri. 48b, Tht. 154a ;

    οὐδέν τι γενόμενος ἐς Ἀχαιοὺς ὅμοιος [ἢ] καὶ Καλλίστρατος.. Paus.7.16.4

    ; v. καί A. 111.
    C Adv., freq. in the neut. sg. and pl. ὅμοιον, ὅμοια (older ὁμοῖον, ὁμοῖα) in like manner with, c. dat., ὁμοῖα τοῖσι μάλιστα 'second to none', Hdt.3.8, cf. Th.7.29 ;

    ὁμοῖα τοῖσι πλουσιωτάτοισι Hdt.3.57

    ;

    ὅμοιον μουσίσδει.. ταῖσιν ἀηδονίσι Theoc.8.37

    : folld. by a relat. Partic., ὁμοῖον ὥστε.. even as, S.Ant. 587 (lyr.) ;

    ὁ. ὡς εἰ.. Pl.Lg. 628d

    ;

    ὁμοῖα καὶ βοῦς ἐργάτης S.Fr. 563

    .
    II regul. Adv. ὁμοίως in like manner with, c. dat., Hdt.1.32, al. ;

    τοῖς μάλισθ' ὁ. D.Ep.2.24

    : folld. by a relat. Partic.,

    ὁ. ὡς εἰ.. Hdt.1.155

    ;

    ὁ. ὥσπερ.. X.Cyr.1.4.6

    ;

    ὁ. καὶ.. Hdt. 7.86

    , 8.60.β' : abs., ὁ. δέ and in like manner, PEleph.15.1 (iii B. C.), etc.
    2 alike, equally, Pi.P.9.78, Hdt.7.100 ;

    Δαναοῖσι Τρωσί θ' ὁ. A.Ag.67

    (anap.) ;

    λέγειν.. σιγᾶν θ' ὁ. Id.Eu. 278

    , etc. ;

    τῷ νῷ θ' ὁ. κἀπὸ τῆς γλώσσης S.OC 936

    ;

    ὁ. μὲν.., ὁ. δὲ.. Pl.Prt. 319d

    ;

    ὁ. ἀμφοῖν ἀκροάσασθαι D.18.2

    ;

    ὁ. ἔχειν

    to be uniform,

    Arist.Ph. 261b25

    : prov.,

    οὐδ' ὅκου χώρης οἱ μῦς ὁ. τὸν σίδηρον τρώγουσιν

    like any other food,

    Herod. 3.76

    (but perh. all alike, cf. Ar.Eq. 1296 cod. R, Th.5.15 (s. v.l.), Plu.2.763c): [comp] Comp.

    - ότερον AP11.233

    (Lucill.): [comp] Sup.

    - ότατα Ar.Fr. 281

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅμοιος

  • 4 adlabor

    al-lābor ( adl-), lapsus, 3, v. dep., to glide to or toward something, to come to, to fly, fall, flow, slide, and the like; constr. with dat. or acc. ( poet. —oftenest in Verg.—

    or in more elevated prose): viro adlapsa sagitta est,

    Verg. A. 12, 319:

    fama adlabitur aurīs,

    id. ib. 9, 474: Curetum adlabimur oris, we land upon, etc., id. ib. 3, 131; cf. id. ib. 3, 569:

    mare crescenti adlabitur aestu,

    rolls up with increasing wave, id. ib. 10, 292:

    adlapsus genibus,

    falling down at his knees, Sen. Hippol. 666.—In prose: umor adlapsus extrinsecus, * Cic. Div. 2, 27, 58:

    angues duo ex occulto adlapsi,

    Liv. 25, 16.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adlabor

  • 5 agito

    ăgĭto, āvi, ātum, 1, v. freq. a. [ago], as if the supine were agitu; cf.: quaero quaerito.
    I.
    Lit., to put a thing in motion, to drive or impel (mostly poet., or in more elevated prose; from poetry it passed, after the Aug. per., into common prose).
    A.
    Of cattle, to drive, conduct (cf. ago):

    calcari quadrupedem agitabo advorsum clivom,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 118:

    stimulo boves agitat,

    Vulg. Eccli. 38, 26:

    hanc in curru bijugos agitare leones,

    drives her span of lions, Lucr. 2, 602:

    agitantur quadrigae,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 41 Müll.:

    ad flumina currus,

    Verg. G. 3, 18:

    jussit agitari currum suum,

    Vulg. 2 Macc. 9, 4: lanigeros greges hirtasque capellas, to drive, poet. for to tend, Verg. G. 3, 287:

    sacros jugales (dracones),

    Ov. M. 5, 661:

    quadrigas bigasque et equos desultorios,

    Suet. Caes. 39.—
    B.
    Of the motion of other things, to move, impel, shake:

    triremem in portu,

    Nep. Dion, 9, 2:

    alas,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 21:

    manibusque leves agitavit habenas,

    id. M. 7, 221:

    hastam,

    id. ib. 3, 667: caput, to move the head ( in token of assent = annuere), id. ib. 1, 567:

    arundinem vento agitatam,

    Vulg. Matt. 11, 7.—Esp., of animals, to hunt, chase, pursue: etiamsi excitaturus [p. 72] non sis nec agitaturus feras, Cic. Off. 3, 17:

    aquila insectans alias aves atque agitans,

    id. Div. 2, 70:

    trepidas columbas,

    Ov. M. 5, 606; 11, 300:

    damas,

    id. ib. 10, 539:

    cursu timidos onagros,

    Verg. G. 3, 409 al. —
    C.
    Of the motion caused by the wind, to drive to and fro, toss about, agitate, disturb:

    ventus enim fit, ubi est agitando percitus aër,

    when the air is violently agitated and driven, Lucr. 6, 686:

    mare ventorum vi agitari atque turbari,

    Cic. Clu. 49 fin.; id. Univ. 3, 7:

    freta ponti Incipiunt agitata tumescere,

    Verg. G. 1, 357:

    aristas,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 553:

    Zephyris agitata Tempe,

    Hor. C. 3, 1, 24:

    ventis agitatur pinus,

    id. ib. 2, 10, 9:

    veteres agitantur orni,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 12:

    agitaret aura capillos,

    id. Epod. 15, 9.—
    D.
    Of the motion caused by the water: agitata numina Trojae, tossed or driven about upon the sea, Verg. A. 6, 68; Prop. 3, 21, 5.—
    E.
    In gen., of the motion caused by other things:

    magnes (lapis) agitat (ferri ramenta) per aes,

    Lucr. 6, 1054:

    agitari inter se concursu,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 39: pulsu externo agitari, Macr Somn. Scip. 9.— Poet. of mist, to produce it by motion or agitation: dejectuque (Peneus) gravi tenues agitantia fumos Nubila conducit, and by its impetuous descent (into the valley) raises clouds producing mist, Ov. M. 1, 571—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To rouse up, excite, move, urge, drive, impel one to something: aliquem, sometimes in aliquid (so in Florus very freq.):

    in furias agitantur equae,

    are excited to fury, Ov. A. A. 2, 487:

    agitare plebem,

    to stir up, rouse, Liv. 3, 11:

    populum,

    Flor. 2, 12, 2; so id. 11, 6, 2 al.:

    agitatus cupiditate regni,

    id. 3, 1:

    gens sacratis legibus agitata in exitium urbis,

    id. 1, 16, 7.—
    B.
    To disquiet, disturb, to drive hither and thither, to vex, trouble, torment (the fig. taken from the sea agitated by storm; cf. Gernh. and Beier upon Cic. Off. 1, 24, 82):

    dii deaeque te agitant irati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 115:

    atra bilis agitat hominem,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 64; so id. Curc. 1, 1, 92; 2, 1, 24:

    ut eos agitent furiae, neque usquam consistere patiantur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 24 (cf. Verg. A. 3, 331:

    scelerum furiis agitatus Orestes,

    id. ib. 4, 471):

    suum quemque scelus agitat amentiaque afficit,

    id. ib. 24:

    agitare et insequi poëtas,

    Tac. Or. 4; 25 and 41:

    multis injuriis jactata atque agita ta,

    Cic. Quint. 2:

    est magni viri, rebus agitatis (= perturbatis, Beier) punire sontes,

    id. Off. 1, 24, 82:

    agitabatur animus inopiā rei familiaris et conscientiā scelerum,

    Sall. C. 5, 7:

    quos conscientia defectionis agitabat,

    Tac. Agr. 16:

    commotus metu atque libidine diversus agitabatur,

    was drawn in different directions, Sall. J 25, 6; Liv. 22, 12. ne te semper inops agitet vexetque cupido, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 98:

    quos agitabat timor,

    Tac. Agr. 16:

    timore et metu agitati,

    Vulg. Judith, 15, 1:

    injuriis agitatus,

    Flor. 1, 8, 7:

    seditionibus,

    Just. 12, 4, 12.—
    C.
    To assail with reproach, derision, insult; to reprove, blame, scoff, deride, insult, mock:

    agitat rem militarem, insectatur totam legationem,

    attacks, ridicules, Cic. Mur. 9, 21; id. Brut. 28, 109: mea saevis agitat fastidia verbis, Hor Epod. 12, 13; without verbis:

    agitant expertia frugis,

    id. A. P. 341:

    vesanum poëtam agitant pueri,

    id. ib. 456.—
    D.
    In gen., to drive or urge on a thing, to accomplish or do, to drive at, to be employed in, be engaged in, to have, hold, keep, to celebrate; v. ago, II. D. (in the historians, esp. Sallust, very freq.):

    Haec ego non agitem?

    should I not drive at? Juv. 1, 52:

    vigilias,

    to keep, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 27; so,

    custodiam,

    id. Rud. 3, 6, 20; so Tac. A. 11, 18:

    hoc agitemus convivium vino et sermone suavi,

    let us celebrate, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 7:

    Dionysia,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 11; so id. Hec. 1, 2, 18:

    convivia,

    Ov. M. 7, 431; Suet. Claud. 32 festa gaudia, Sil. 15, 423:

    meum natalem,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 16;

    so festos dies,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 63:

    jocos,

    Ov. M. 3, 319:

    agraria lex a Flavio tribuno plebis vehementer agitabatur,

    was powerfully urged, supportcd, Cic. Att. 1, 19:

    quae cum praecepta parentis mei agitarem,

    was striving to comply with, Sall. J. 14, 2 (modestius dictum pro:

    studere, ut agerem, Cort.): laeti pacem agitabamus,

    were at peace, enjoyed the delights of peace, id. ib. 14, 10:

    dicit se missum a consule venisse quaesitum ab eo, pacem an bellum agitaturus foret,

    id. ib. 109, 2:

    quoniam deditionis morā induciae agitabantur,

    there was a truce, id. ib. 29, 4; id. C. 24, 2.— Poet.:

    ceu primas agitant acies, certamina miscent,

    as if they formed the front rank, Sil. 9, 330.—Hence of time, esp. life, to pass, spend (cf. ago, II. D 5.):

    vita hominum sine cupiditate agitabatur,

    Sall. C. 2, 1:

    agitare aevum,

    Verg. G. 4, 154; id. A. 10, 235:

    festos dies,

    Tac. H. 3, 78.—In Sall., Tac., Flor., et al., agitare absol., to live, dwell, abide, sojourn, be:

    hi propius mare Africum agitabant,

    Sall. J 18, 9; cf id. ib. 19, 5; id. Fragm. H. 3, 11; so id. J. 54, 2; 59, 1; 94, 4:

    laeti Germant agitabant,

    Tac. A. 1, 50:

    secretus agitat,

    id. ib. 11, 21:

    montium editis sine cultu atque eo ferocius agitabant,

    id. ib. 4, 46; Flor. 4, 12, 48.—
    E.
    Of the mind: agitare aliquid or de aliquā re (in corde, in mente, animo, cum animo, secum, etc.), to drive at a thing in the mind, i. e. to turn over, revolve, to weigh, consider, meditate upon, and with the idea of action to be performed or a conclusion to be made, to deliberate upon, to devise, contrive, plot, to be occupied with, to design, intend, etc.: id ego semper mecum sic agito et comparo, Att ap. Non. 256, 20:

    quom eam rem in corde agito,

    Plaut. Truc 2, 5, 3:

    id agitans mecum,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 10; so Sall. J. 113, 3:

    habet nihil aliud quod agitet in mente,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41:

    est tuum sic agitare animo, ut, etc.,

    id. Fam. 6, 1:

    quae omnes animo agitabant,

    Tac. A. 6, 9:

    provincias secretis imaginationibus agitans,

    id. ib. 15, 36 in animo bellum, Liv 21, 2; Vell. 1, 16; Quint. 12, 2, 28.—With inf., as object:

    ut mente agitaret bellum renovare,

    Nep. Ham. 1, 4.— Poet.:

    aliquid jamdudum invadere magnum Mens agitat mihi,

    Verg. A 9, 187. —Sometimes also without mente, animo, and the like, agitare aliquid, in the same signif:

    quodsi ille hoc unum agitare coeperit, esse, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 96:

    rem a me saepe deliberatam et multum agitatam requiris,

    id. Ac. 1, 2: oratori omnia quaesita, disputata, tractata, agitata ( well considered or weighed) esse debent, id. de Or. 3, 14:

    fugam,

    Verg. A. 2, 640.—So esp. freq. in Tac.:

    Britanni agitare inter se mala servitutis, Agr 15: bellum adversus patrem agitare,

    id. H. 4, 86, id. A. 1, 5; 1, 12.—With de:

    de bello,

    Tac. H. 2, 1:

    agitanti de Claudio,

    id. A. 6, 46:

    de tempore ac loco caedis agitabant,

    id. ib. 15, 50; 1, 12; id. H. 4, 59.—With num:

    agitavere, num Messalinam depellerent amore Silli,

    Tac. A. 11, 29; id. H. 1, 19.— With - ne:

    agitavere placeretne, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 1.—With an:

    an Artaxata pergeret, agitavit,

    Tac. A. 13, 41 —With quomodo, Tac. A. 2, 12.—With ut (of purpose):

    ut Neronem pudor caperet, insita spe agitari,

    Tac. A. 16, 26.—
    F.
    To treat or speak of or concerning a thing, to confer about, deliberate upon. Romae per omnīs locos et conventus de facto consulis agitart ( impers., for agitabatur), discussions were had, Sall. J 30, 1;

    cum de foedere victor agitaret,

    Liv. 9, 5; 30, 3.—
    * G.
    Sat agitare, with gen., in Plaut., = sat agere, to have enough to do, to have trouble with: nunc agitas sat tute tuarum rerum, Bacch. 4, 3, 23.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > agito

  • 6 allabor

    al-lābor ( adl-), lapsus, 3, v. dep., to glide to or toward something, to come to, to fly, fall, flow, slide, and the like; constr. with dat. or acc. ( poet. —oftenest in Verg.—

    or in more elevated prose): viro adlapsa sagitta est,

    Verg. A. 12, 319:

    fama adlabitur aurīs,

    id. ib. 9, 474: Curetum adlabimur oris, we land upon, etc., id. ib. 3, 131; cf. id. ib. 3, 569:

    mare crescenti adlabitur aestu,

    rolls up with increasing wave, id. ib. 10, 292:

    adlapsus genibus,

    falling down at his knees, Sen. Hippol. 666.—In prose: umor adlapsus extrinsecus, * Cic. Div. 2, 27, 58:

    angues duo ex occulto adlapsi,

    Liv. 25, 16.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > allabor

  • 7 bacchantes

    bacchor, ātus ( part. pres. gen. plur. bacchantum; v. I. fin. infra), 1, v. dep. [Bacchus].
    I.
    Lit., to celebrate the festival of Bacchus:

    Baccha bacchans,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:

    saxea ut effigies bacchantis prospicit Evoe,

    i. e. which cries Evoe in the orgies, Cat. 64, 61; 64, 255:

    cum aliquo,

    Plin. 3, 1, 3, § 8.—Hence, P. a. as subst.: bacchan-tes, um, f., Bacchae, the Bacchantes: passis Medea capillis Bacchantum ritu, Ov.M. 7, 258; 3, 703; Curt. 8, 10, 15; gen. Bacchantium, id. 9, 10, 24.—
    B.
    Pass. (as in later Gr. bakcheuesthai, bakcheuthênai) of the place in which the orgies of Bacchus were celebrated:

    virginibus bacchata Lacaenis Taygeta,

    Verg. G. 2, 487 Heyn.:

    bacchata jugis Naxos,

    id. A. 3, 125:

    Dindyma sanguineis famulum bacchata lacertis,

    Val. Fl. 3, 20: ita obsoletum sono furenter ab omni parti bacchatur nemus, Santra ap. Non. p. 78, 28:

    ululatibus Ide bacchatur,

    Claud. Rapt. Pros. 1, 206.—
    II.
    Transf., in gen., to revel, rave, rant, like the Bacchœ (of every species of mental excitement, love, hatred, joy, etc.; mostly poet. and in more elevated prose):

    quibus gaudiis exsultabis? quantā in voluptate bacchabere?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 10, 26:

    furor in vestrā caede bacchantis,

    id. ib. 4, 6, 11; id. Har. Resp. 18, 39:

    non ego sanius Bacchabor Edonis,

    Hor. C. 2, 7, 26; Col. poët. 10, 198; * Suet. Calig. 56; Claud. Laud. Stil. 2, 213; id. VI. Cons. Hon. 192.—Of murderous fury:

    tantā in illos caede bacchati sunt,

    Vulg. Judic. 20, 25.—So of poet. inspiration, Stat. S. 1, 2, 258;

    and with carmen as object: grande Sophocleo carmen bacchamur hiatu,

    Juv. 6, 636; cf.:

    furebant Euhoe bacchantes,

    raving to the cry of Euhoe, Cat. 64, 255; 64, 61.—Also, to go or run about in a wanton, wild, raving, or furious manner: animans Omne, quod in magnis bacchatur montibu' passim, * Lucr. 5, 822:

    saevit inops animi, totamque incensa per urbem Bacchatur,

    Verg. A. 4, 301 ( = discursitat, Heyne):

    immanis in antro Bacchatur vates,

    raves, is inspired, id. ib. 6, 78;

    7, 385: infelix virgo totā bacchatur in urbe,

    id. Cir. 166.—Hence,
    B.
    Transf. to inanimate things, to be furious, rage with fury, etc., to be impetuous, etc.
    1.
    So of a vessel of wine that is filled very often:

    ubi bacchabatur aula, casabant cadi,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 41 Lorenz ad loc.—
    2.
    Of winds:

    Thracio bacchante magis sub interlunia vento,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 11; Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 29.—Of violent rain, Val. Fl. 6, 632.—
    3.
    Of a rumor: concussam bacchatur fama per urbem, spreads rapidly, Verg A. 4, 666.—
    4.
    Of enthusiastic, raging discourse:

    quod eos, quorum altior oratio actioque esset ardentior furere et bacchari arbitraretur,

    Cic. Brut. 80, 276:

    vitiosum dicendi genus, quod inanibus locis bacchatur, etc.,

    Quint. 12, 10, 73.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bacchantes

  • 8 bacchor

    bacchor, ātus ( part. pres. gen. plur. bacchantum; v. I. fin. infra), 1, v. dep. [Bacchus].
    I.
    Lit., to celebrate the festival of Bacchus:

    Baccha bacchans,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 71:

    saxea ut effigies bacchantis prospicit Evoe,

    i. e. which cries Evoe in the orgies, Cat. 64, 61; 64, 255:

    cum aliquo,

    Plin. 3, 1, 3, § 8.—Hence, P. a. as subst.: bacchan-tes, um, f., Bacchae, the Bacchantes: passis Medea capillis Bacchantum ritu, Ov.M. 7, 258; 3, 703; Curt. 8, 10, 15; gen. Bacchantium, id. 9, 10, 24.—
    B.
    Pass. (as in later Gr. bakcheuesthai, bakcheuthênai) of the place in which the orgies of Bacchus were celebrated:

    virginibus bacchata Lacaenis Taygeta,

    Verg. G. 2, 487 Heyn.:

    bacchata jugis Naxos,

    id. A. 3, 125:

    Dindyma sanguineis famulum bacchata lacertis,

    Val. Fl. 3, 20: ita obsoletum sono furenter ab omni parti bacchatur nemus, Santra ap. Non. p. 78, 28:

    ululatibus Ide bacchatur,

    Claud. Rapt. Pros. 1, 206.—
    II.
    Transf., in gen., to revel, rave, rant, like the Bacchœ (of every species of mental excitement, love, hatred, joy, etc.; mostly poet. and in more elevated prose):

    quibus gaudiis exsultabis? quantā in voluptate bacchabere?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 10, 26:

    furor in vestrā caede bacchantis,

    id. ib. 4, 6, 11; id. Har. Resp. 18, 39:

    non ego sanius Bacchabor Edonis,

    Hor. C. 2, 7, 26; Col. poët. 10, 198; * Suet. Calig. 56; Claud. Laud. Stil. 2, 213; id. VI. Cons. Hon. 192.—Of murderous fury:

    tantā in illos caede bacchati sunt,

    Vulg. Judic. 20, 25.—So of poet. inspiration, Stat. S. 1, 2, 258;

    and with carmen as object: grande Sophocleo carmen bacchamur hiatu,

    Juv. 6, 636; cf.:

    furebant Euhoe bacchantes,

    raving to the cry of Euhoe, Cat. 64, 255; 64, 61.—Also, to go or run about in a wanton, wild, raving, or furious manner: animans Omne, quod in magnis bacchatur montibu' passim, * Lucr. 5, 822:

    saevit inops animi, totamque incensa per urbem Bacchatur,

    Verg. A. 4, 301 ( = discursitat, Heyne):

    immanis in antro Bacchatur vates,

    raves, is inspired, id. ib. 6, 78;

    7, 385: infelix virgo totā bacchatur in urbe,

    id. Cir. 166.—Hence,
    B.
    Transf. to inanimate things, to be furious, rage with fury, etc., to be impetuous, etc.
    1.
    So of a vessel of wine that is filled very often:

    ubi bacchabatur aula, casabant cadi,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 41 Lorenz ad loc.—
    2.
    Of winds:

    Thracio bacchante magis sub interlunia vento,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 11; Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 29.—Of violent rain, Val. Fl. 6, 632.—
    3.
    Of a rumor: concussam bacchatur fama per urbem, spreads rapidly, Verg A. 4, 666.—
    4.
    Of enthusiastic, raging discourse:

    quod eos, quorum altior oratio actioque esset ardentior furere et bacchari arbitraretur,

    Cic. Brut. 80, 276:

    vitiosum dicendi genus, quod inanibus locis bacchatur, etc.,

    Quint. 12, 10, 73.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bacchor

  • 9 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 10

    , [full] , τό, is, when thus written,
    A demonstr. Pronoun.
    B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.
    C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., , , οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but , , οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    , al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;

    οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404

    (anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;

    τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18

    ;

    τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e

    ;

    τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e

    ;

    τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75

    (τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,

    ταῖν Lys.19.17

    , Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem.,

    μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8

    (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. , ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With , ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)
    A , , τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):
    I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,

    αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105

    ;

    τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186

    , cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.
    II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,

    ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12

    , al.
    III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;

    θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43

    , cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.
    IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.
    V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.
    VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,

    ὁ δέ

    the former,

    Pl.Prt. 359e

    , Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,

    ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595

    ;

    τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d

    , etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,

    ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28

    , cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;

    πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c

    ; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,

    ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6

    : sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or

    ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317

    -19, cf. 116 ;

    τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.
    2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g.

    τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24

    ;

    τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b

    ;

    οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a

    , etc.
    3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which refers is left indefinite,

    ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41

    ;

    νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c

    , cf. Phlb. 13c.
    4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.
    5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding

    ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3

    , cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by

    ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304

    ; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;

    τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843

    , etc. ;

    ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205

    (v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf.

    μέν D.

    III ;

    γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d

    , cf. Tht. 181d.
    6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,

    τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491

    ;

    τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3

    , cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87

    ;

    ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6

    : this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.
    7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.
    VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,
    1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.

    ὅς A.

    II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,

    καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,

    καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61

    , al.
    2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,

    τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b

    : but mostly in acc.,

    καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;

    τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141

    , cf. 9.68 ;

    τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243

    ; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad,

    τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398

    , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;

    τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53

    ; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.
    VIII abs. usages of single cases,
    1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,

    τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12

    .
    b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;

    τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46

    ;

    δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210

    :—only poet.
    c of Manner,

    τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν

    in this way, thus,

    Od.8.510

    .
    d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without

    μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48

    .
    e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.
    2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,

    τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d

    , Sph. 230b.
    b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.
    3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),

    τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37

    ;

    τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89

    ; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.
    4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also

    τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14

    ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14

    ;

    τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90

    : sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,

    τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107

    ,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.
    5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.
    b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;

    ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32

    , cf. A.Eu. 462 ;

    τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59

    .
    6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,

    ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90

    , Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;

    ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71

    ;

    τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c

    : in late Prose, also with Positives,

    ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47

    codd.; with

    πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19

    , cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).
    B , , τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,

    αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον

    the hindmost man,

    Il.11.178

    ;

    τὸν ἄριστον 17.80

    ;

    τὸν δύστηνον 22.59

    ;

    τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325

    ; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in

    τῶν ἄλλων 2.674

    , al.: with Advs.,

    τὸ πρίν 24.543

    , al.;

    τὸ πάρος περ 17.720

    ;

    τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583

    ; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 1.6

    ,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;

    ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559

    .—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.
    I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,

    τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5

    ; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12;

    οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b

    .
    b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).
    c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.
    d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.
    2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,

    οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109

    ;

    πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242

    , etc.
    b freq. with abstract Nouns,

    ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45

    , etc.
    3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.
    4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.
    5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;

    τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148

    ; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.
    6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;

    τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b

    ;

    ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d

    , cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;

    ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8

    ;

    τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8

    : hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.
    7 before Prons.,
    a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc.,

    τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a

    ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ;

    τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a

    ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.
    b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.
    c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,

    ὁ τοιοῦτος

    that sort of person,

    X.Mem.4.2.21

    , etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,

    τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13

    .
    8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    πολύς 11.3

    , etc.
    9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.
    II elliptic expressions:
    1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.
    2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,

    τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48

    . But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as

    τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86

    ; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.
    3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.
    4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.
    5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as , , τὸ νῦν;

    ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52

    ; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as

    κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266

    , cf.[315] (lyr.);

    ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412

    (lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;

    τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731

    .
    C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as

    κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262

    , cf. 1.300, al. ;

    Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526

    (lyr.);

    Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86

    ; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,

    ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3

    , cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag.,

    τῆς S.OC 1258

    , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);

    τῷ S.Ph.14

    ;

    τήν Id.OC 747

    , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.

    τεῦ Il.18.192

    (s.v.l.).
    D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:
    a [dialect] Att. , , τό, with [pron. full] make , as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: , τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: , τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: , τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
    b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from

    ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65

    , ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from

    ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60

    , etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) >

  • 11 provocar

    v.
    1 to provoke.
    El golpe provocó su muerte The blow brought about her death.
    Sus comentarios provocaron al borracho His comments provoked the drunk.
    2 to cause, to bring about (causar) (accidente, muerte).
    provocar las iras de alguien to anger somebody
    provocó las risas de todos he made everyone laugh
    el polvo me provoca estornudos dust makes me sneeze
    3 to lead on (excitar sexualmente).
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ SACAR], like link=sacar sacar
    1 to provoke
    \
    provocar el parto to induce birth
    provocar un incendio (con intención) to commit arson 2 (sin intención) to cause a fire
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=causar) [+ protesta, explosión] to cause, spark off; [+ fuego] to cause, start (deliberately); [+ cambio] to bring about, lead to; [+ proceso] to promote
    2) [+ parto] to induce, bring on
    3) [+ persona] [gen] to provoke; (=incitar) to rouse, stir up (to anger); (=tentar) to tempt, invite

    ¡no me provoques! — don't start me!

    provocar a algn a cólera o indignación — to rouse sb to fury

    4) [sexualmente] to rouse
    2. VI
    1) LAm (=gustar, apetecer)

    ¿te provoca un café? — would you like a coffee?, do you fancy a coffee?

    ¿qué le provoca? — what would you like?, what do you fancy?

    no me provoca la idea — the idea doesn't appeal to me, I don't fancy the idea

    -¿por qué no vas? -no me provoca — "why aren't you going?" - "I don't feel like it"

    no me provoca estudiar hoy — I'm not in the mood for studying today, I don't feel like studying today

    2) * (=vomitar) to be sick, throw up *
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < explosión> to cause; < incendio> to start; < polémica> to spark off, prompt
    b) (Med)

    provocar el parto — to induce labor*

    2) < persona> ( al enfado) to provoke; ( sexualmente) to lead... on
    2.
    provocar vi (Andes) ( apetecer)

    ¿le provoca un traguito? — do you want a drink?, do you fancy a drink? (BrE colloq)

    * * *
    = provoke, spark off, trigger, induce, bring on, elicit, instigate, tease, evoke, titillate, ignite, rouse, stir up, spark, twit, taunt, tantalise [tantalize, -USA], touch off, set off, hit + a (raw) nerve, strike + a nerve, bring about, precipitate, incite, touch + a (raw) nerve, give + rise to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    Ex. 3 different kinds of paper were deacidified by different aqueous and nonaqueous methods, and then treated to provoke accelerated attack of air pollutants.
    Ex. Like the librarians and the bookshop staff, the club members are catalysts who spark off that fission which will spread from child to child an awareness of books and the habit of reading them.
    Ex. Nevertheless, the fact that these general lists cannot serve for every application has triggered a search for more consistent approaches.
    Ex. Then, the reference librarian has better justification to buy and perhaps to induce others to contribute to the purchase.
    Ex. In frequent cases, unionization is brought on by the inept or irresponsible action of management.
    Ex. This article looks at ways in which librarians in leadership roles can elicit the motivation, commitment, and personal investment of members of the organisation.
    Ex. The first mass removal of material was instigated by the trade unions and although admitted in 1932 to have been a mistake, the purges proved difficult to stop.
    Ex. I like to be considered one of the team, to joke with and tease the employee but that sure creates a problem when I have to discipline, correct, or fire an employee.
    Ex. It is known that in ancient Rome the complexity of the administrative job evoked considerable development of management techniques.
    Ex. However, some of the central premises of the film are flawed, and the risqué touches, whether racial or erotic innuendo, are primarily there to titillate and make the film seem hot and controversial.
    Ex. In turn, that change ignited a body of literature that discussed those cataloguers' future roles.
    Ex. The spirit, if not the content, of Marx can be the joust to rouse the sleepy theory of academic sociology.
    Ex. The goal of this guidebook is to help writers activate their brains to stir up more and better ideas and details.
    Ex. The nineteenth century was, quite rightly, fearful of any system of spreading knowledge which might spark the tinder box of unrest.
    Ex. Don't be tempted into twitting me with the past knowledge that you have of me, because it is identical with the past knowledge that I have of you, and in twitting me, you twit yourself.
    Ex. The writer describes how he spent his school days avoiding bullies who taunted him because he was a dancer.
    Ex. He may have wished to tease and tantalize his readers by insoluble problems.
    Ex. This decision touched off a battle of wills between the library and the government as well as a blitz of media publicity.
    Ex. The dollar has been losing value, weakening its status as the world's major currency and setting off jitters in the international financial system.
    Ex. Based on their account, it seems obvious that Beauperthuy hit a raw nerve among some of the medical research leaders of the day.
    Ex. His plethoric prose produced by a prodigious placement of words struck a nerve.
    Ex. Untruth brings about ill reputation and indignity.
    Ex. What precipitated that furor was that Panizzi's volume represented a uncompromising rejection of the comfortable ideology of the finding catalog.
    Ex. It is illegal to operate websites inciting terrorism under the Terrorism Act.
    Ex. Obama's election seems to have touched a raw nerve in conservative white America, unleashing a torrent of right-wing rage unseen in this country.
    Ex. The method of indexing called post-coordinate indexing gives rise to physical forms of indexes which differ from the more 'traditional' catalogues mentioned above.
    Ex. That crucial evidence was withheld from the final report could give cause to bring charges of criminal negligence.
    Ex. Many soldiers took advantage of the impoverished conditions giving occasion to assaults, rapes and murders.
    ----
    * provocar cambios = wreak + changes.
    * provocar controversia = arouse + controversy.
    * provocar el debate = prompt + discussion, spark + debate, stir + debate.
    * provocar escarnio = evoke + response.
    * provocar estragos = create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc.
    * provocar estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * provocar la controversia = court + controversy.
    * provocar la ira de Alguien = incur + Posesivo + wrath.
    * provocar menosprecio = evoke + scorn.
    * provocar sospechas = stir + suspicion.
    * provocar una crisis = precipitate + crisis.
    * provocar una guerra = ignite + war, precipitate + war.
    * provocar una protesta = call forth + protest.
    * provocar una reacción = cause + reaction, provoke + reaction.
    * provocar un ataque = provoke + attack.
    * provocar un cambio = bring about + change.
    * provocar un debate = ignite + debate.
    * provocar un diálogo = elicit + dialogue.
    * provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.
    * provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < explosión> to cause; < incendio> to start; < polémica> to spark off, prompt
    b) (Med)

    provocar el parto — to induce labor*

    2) < persona> ( al enfado) to provoke; ( sexualmente) to lead... on
    2.
    provocar vi (Andes) ( apetecer)

    ¿le provoca un traguito? — do you want a drink?, do you fancy a drink? (BrE colloq)

    * * *
    = provoke, spark off, trigger, induce, bring on, elicit, instigate, tease, evoke, titillate, ignite, rouse, stir up, spark, twit, taunt, tantalise [tantalize, -USA], touch off, set off, hit + a (raw) nerve, strike + a nerve, bring about, precipitate, incite, touch + a (raw) nerve, give + rise to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

    Ex: 3 different kinds of paper were deacidified by different aqueous and nonaqueous methods, and then treated to provoke accelerated attack of air pollutants.

    Ex: Like the librarians and the bookshop staff, the club members are catalysts who spark off that fission which will spread from child to child an awareness of books and the habit of reading them.
    Ex: Nevertheless, the fact that these general lists cannot serve for every application has triggered a search for more consistent approaches.
    Ex: Then, the reference librarian has better justification to buy and perhaps to induce others to contribute to the purchase.
    Ex: In frequent cases, unionization is brought on by the inept or irresponsible action of management.
    Ex: This article looks at ways in which librarians in leadership roles can elicit the motivation, commitment, and personal investment of members of the organisation.
    Ex: The first mass removal of material was instigated by the trade unions and although admitted in 1932 to have been a mistake, the purges proved difficult to stop.
    Ex: I like to be considered one of the team, to joke with and tease the employee but that sure creates a problem when I have to discipline, correct, or fire an employee.
    Ex: It is known that in ancient Rome the complexity of the administrative job evoked considerable development of management techniques.
    Ex: However, some of the central premises of the film are flawed, and the risqué touches, whether racial or erotic innuendo, are primarily there to titillate and make the film seem hot and controversial.
    Ex: In turn, that change ignited a body of literature that discussed those cataloguers' future roles.
    Ex: The spirit, if not the content, of Marx can be the joust to rouse the sleepy theory of academic sociology.
    Ex: The goal of this guidebook is to help writers activate their brains to stir up more and better ideas and details.
    Ex: The nineteenth century was, quite rightly, fearful of any system of spreading knowledge which might spark the tinder box of unrest.
    Ex: Don't be tempted into twitting me with the past knowledge that you have of me, because it is identical with the past knowledge that I have of you, and in twitting me, you twit yourself.
    Ex: The writer describes how he spent his school days avoiding bullies who taunted him because he was a dancer.
    Ex: He may have wished to tease and tantalize his readers by insoluble problems.
    Ex: This decision touched off a battle of wills between the library and the government as well as a blitz of media publicity.
    Ex: The dollar has been losing value, weakening its status as the world's major currency and setting off jitters in the international financial system.
    Ex: Based on their account, it seems obvious that Beauperthuy hit a raw nerve among some of the medical research leaders of the day.
    Ex: His plethoric prose produced by a prodigious placement of words struck a nerve.
    Ex: Untruth brings about ill reputation and indignity.
    Ex: What precipitated that furor was that Panizzi's volume represented a uncompromising rejection of the comfortable ideology of the finding catalog.
    Ex: It is illegal to operate websites inciting terrorism under the Terrorism Act.
    Ex: Obama's election seems to have touched a raw nerve in conservative white America, unleashing a torrent of right-wing rage unseen in this country.
    Ex: The method of indexing called post-coordinate indexing gives rise to physical forms of indexes which differ from the more 'traditional' catalogues mentioned above.
    Ex: That crucial evidence was withheld from the final report could give cause to bring charges of criminal negligence.
    Ex: Many soldiers took advantage of the impoverished conditions giving occasion to assaults, rapes and murders.
    * provocar cambios = wreak + changes.
    * provocar controversia = arouse + controversy.
    * provocar el debate = prompt + discussion, spark + debate, stir + debate.
    * provocar escarnio = evoke + response.
    * provocar estragos = create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc.
    * provocar estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * provocar la controversia = court + controversy.
    * provocar la ira de Alguien = incur + Posesivo + wrath.
    * provocar menosprecio = evoke + scorn.
    * provocar sospechas = stir + suspicion.
    * provocar una crisis = precipitate + crisis.
    * provocar una guerra = ignite + war, precipitate + war.
    * provocar una protesta = call forth + protest.
    * provocar una reacción = cause + reaction, provoke + reaction.
    * provocar un ataque = provoke + attack.
    * provocar un cambio = bring about + change.
    * provocar un debate = ignite + debate.
    * provocar un diálogo = elicit + dialogue.
    * provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.
    * provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

    * * *
    provocar [A2 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (causar, ocasionar) to cause
    un cigarrillo pudo provocar la explosión the explosion may have been caused by a cigarette
    una decisión que ha provocado violentas polémicas a decision which has sparked off o prompted violent controversy
    no se sabe qué provocó el incendio it is not known what started the fire
    2 ( Med):
    provocar el parto to induce labor*
    las pastillas le provocaron una reacción cutánea the pills caused o brought on a skin reaction
    el antígeno provoca la formación de anticuerpos the antigen stimulates the production of antibodies
    B ‹persona›
    1 (al enfado) to provoke
    2 (en sentido sexual) to lead … on
    ■ provocar
    vi
    ( Andes) (apetecer): ¿le provoca un traguito? do you want a drink?, do you fancy a drink? ( BrE colloq)
    ( refl):
    se disparó un tiro provocándose la muerte he shot (and killed) himself
    * * *

     

    provocar ( conjugate provocar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) explosión to cause;

    incendio to start;
    polémica to spark off, prompt;
    reacción to cause
    b) (Med) ‹ parto to induce

    2 persona› ( al enfado) to provoke;
    ( sexualmente) to lead … on
    verbo intransitivo (Andes) ( apetecer):
    ¿le provoca un traguito? do you want a drink?, do you fancy a drink? (BrE colloq)

    provocar verbo transitivo
    1 (causar) to cause: su decisión fue provocada por..., his decision was prompted by..., provocar un incendio, to start a fire
    2 (un parto, etc) to induce: tuvieron que provocarle el vómito, they had to make her vomit
    3 (irritar, enfadar) to provoke: no lo provoques, don't provoke him
    4 (la ira, etc) to rouse
    (un aplauso) to provoke
    5 (excitar el deseo sexual) to arouse, provoke

    ' provocar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    campanada
    - desatar
    - engendrar
    - hacer
    - motivar
    - organizar
    - pinchar
    - chulear
    - dar
    - meter
    - parto
    - reclamo
    - torear
    English:
    bait
    - bring
    - bring about
    - bring on
    - cause
    - excite
    - fight
    - incur
    - induce
    - instigate
    - invite
    - prompt
    - provoke
    - raise
    - rouse
    - roust
    - short-circuit
    - spark off
    - start
    - stir up
    - tease
    - trigger
    - disturbance
    - draw
    - elicit
    - evoke
    - short
    - spark
    - stir
    - taunt
    - whip
    - wreck
    * * *
    vt
    1. [incitar] to provoke;
    ¡no me provoques! don't provoke me!
    2. [causar] [accidente, muerte] to cause;
    [incendio, rebelión] to start; [sonrisa, burla] to elicit;
    una placa de hielo provocó el accidente the accident was caused by a sheet of black ice;
    provocó las risas de todos he made everyone laugh;
    el polvo me provoca estornudos dust makes me sneeze;
    su actitud me provoca más lástima que otra cosa her attitude makes me pity her more than anything else
    3. [excitar sexualmente] to lead on;
    le gusta provocar a los chicos con su ropa she likes to tease the boys with her clothes
    vi
    Carib, Col, Méx Fam [apetecer]
    ¿te provoca ir al cine? would you like to go to the movies?, Br do you fancy going to the cinema?;
    ¿te provoca un vaso de vino? would you like a glass of wine?, Br do you fancy a glass of wine?;
    ¿qué te provoca? what would you like to do?, Br what do you fancy doing?
    * * *
    v/t
    1 cause
    2 el enfado provoke
    3 sexualmente lead on
    4 parto induce
    5
    :
    ¿te provoca un café? S.Am. how about a coffee?
    * * *
    provocar {72} vt
    1) causar: to provoke, to cause
    2) irritar: to provoke, to pique
    * * *
    1. (en general) to cause
    2. (incendio) to start
    3. (una persona) to provoke

    Spanish-English dictionary > provocar

  • 12 at

    at or ast, conj. [Curtius connects the Sanscr. ati, ultra, nimis, the Gr. eti, the Lat. et, and at in atavus; Vanicek connects with these at, atque, and atqui. Thus the original idea of addition is prominent in eti, et, and atque; and the idea of opposition in at and atqui, which agree with at-ar in meaning as well as in form. After the same analogy, the Gr. pleon, more, has become plên, but; and the Lat. magis has passed into the same meaning in the Fr. mais and the Ital. mai. The confusion in MSS. between at, ac, and et, and between atque and atqui, was prob. caused as much by their connection in idea as in form] (it was sometimes, for the sake of euphony, written ad; cf. Quint. 12, 10; 12, 32; 1, 7, 5; Charis. p. 203 P., where, instead of at conjunctionem esse, ad vero praepositionem, the reading should be, ad conjunctionem esse, at vero praepositionem, Fr.; v. the pass. in its connection; cf. also Vel. Long. p. 2230 P.; Cassiod. p. 2287 P.; Mar. Vict. p. 2458 P. The form ast is found in the old laws; it occurs once in Trag. Rel., but never in Com. Rel. nor in Lucil.; at is found in Plautus about 280 times, and ast about 10 times; in Ter. at about 100 times, and ast once; in Hor. at 60 times, ast 3 times; in Verg. at 168 times, ast 16; in Juv. at 17 times, ast 7; Catull., Tibull., and Prop. use only at, and Pers. (Jahn) only ast; in prose, Cic. uses [p. 186] ast in his epistles. It joins to a previous thought a new one, either antithetical or simply different, and especially an objection; while sed denotes a direct opposition; and autem marks a transition, and denotes at once a connection and an opposition).
    I.
    In adding a diff., but not entirely opp. thought, a qualification, restriction, etc., moreover, but, yet; sometimes an emphasized (but never merely copulative) and.
    A.
    In gen.: SEI PARENTEM PVER VERBERIT AST OLE PLORASSIT PVER DIVEIS PARENTOM SACER ESTO, if the son strike his father, and the father complain, let the son, etc., Lex Serv. Tullii ap. Fest. s. v. plorare, p. 230 Müll.; Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 24: Philosophari est mihi necesse, at paucis, but only in a few words, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 65 Rib.:

    DIVOS ET EOS QVI CAELESTES, SEMPER HABITI COLVNTO... AST OLLA PROPTER QVAE etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 19; 3, 4, 11: hinc Remus auspicio se devovet atque secundam Solus avem servat. At Romulus pulcer in alto Quaerit Aventino, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 83 Vahl.); Plaut. Capt. 5, 4, 22:

    si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 25:

    paret Amor dictis carae genetricis. At Venus Ascanio placidam per membra quietem Inrigat,

    Verg. A. 1, 691:

    (Aeneas) finem dedit ore loquendi. At, Phoebi nondum patiens, immanis in antro Bacchatur vates,

    id. ib. 6, 77; 11, 709 sq.: quo (odore) totum nati corpus perduxit;

    at illi Dulcis compositis spiravit crinibus aura,

    id. G. 4, 416; so id. ib. 4, 460; 4, 513; id. A. 3, 259; 3, 675; 7, 81; 8, 241; 9, 793; Prop. 4, 4, 15; 4, 7, 11; Luc. 3, 664; 4, 36 al.—Also in prose (chiefly post-Aug.):

    una (navis) cum Nasidianis profugit: at ex reliquis una praemissa Massiliam, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 7:

    ubi facta sunt, in unum omnia miscentur. At pastilli haec ratio est, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 17; 6, 18:

    quamquam insideret urbem proprius miles, tres urbanae, novem praetoriae cohortes Etruriā ferme Umbriāque delectae aut vetere Latio et coloniis antiquitus Romanis. At apud idonea provinciarum sociae triremes etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 5; 4, 6:

    negavit aliā se condicione adlecturum, quam si pateretur ascribi albo, extortum sibi a matre. At illa commota etc.,

    Suet. Tib. 51; id. Calig. 15; 44; id. Vesp. 5; id. Dom. 4; id. Galb. 7 al.—In the enumeration of particulars:

    Cum alio cantat, at tamen alii suo dat digito litteras, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 20 Rib.: dant alios aliae (silvae) fetus: dant utile lignum Navigiis pinos... At myrtus validis hastilibus et bona bello Cornus,

    Verg. G. 2, 447:

    Nam neque tum stellis acies obtunsa videtur... At nebulae magis etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 401; 3, 87; id. A. 7, 691:

    Hic altā Sicyone, ast hic Amydone relictā, Hic Andro, etc.,

    Juv. 3, 69.— The Vulg. often uses at as a mere continuative, where even et or atque might stand: sciscitabur ab iis ubi Christus nasceretur. At illi dixerunt ei: In etc., Matt. 2, 5; 4, 20; 8, 32; 14, 29; 15, 34 et persaep.—In transition,
    B.
    Esp.,
    1.
    To a new narration, like the Gr. de; so the commencement of the fourth book of the Æneid: At regina gravi jam dudum saucia curā, etc. (the third book closes with the narrative of Æneas); so the beginning of the third book of the Thebaid of Statius: At non Aoniae moderator perfidus aulae, etc.; Verg. A. 4, 504; 5, 35; 5, 545; 5, 700; 5, 779; 6, 679; 7, 5; 8, 370; 8, 608; 9, 503; 10, 689; 11, 597; 12, 134 et saep.—Also in the postAug. histt. and other prose writers; so after speaking of the Ubii etc., Tac. says: At in Chaucis coeptavere seditionem praesidium agitantes etc., A. 1, 38; so ib. 4, 13; 12, 62; 14, 23 et saep.—
    2.
    To a wonderful, terrible, unexpected, or exciting occurrence or circumstance:

    clamores simul horrendos ad sidera tollit, etc.... At gemini lapsu delubra ad summa dracones Effugiunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 225; 3, 225:

    Lacte madens illic suberat Pan ilicis umbrae, Et facta agresti lignea falce Pales etc. At quā Velabri regio patet etc.,

    Tib. 2, 5, 33; Verg. G. 4, 471:

    consurgit Turnus in ensem et ferit. Exclamant Troes trepidique Latini, Arrectaeque amborum acies. At perfidus ensis Frangitur in medio,

    id. A. 12, 731; 10, 763:

    adusque Supremum tempus, ne se penuria victūs Opprimeret metuebat. At hunc liberta securi divisit medium,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 99: Magnus quanto mucrone minatur Noctibus hibernis et sidera terret Orion. At sonipes habitus etc., Stat. S. 1, 1, 46.—
    3.
    To a passionate appeal, etc., in which case the antecedent clause is not expressed, but must be considered as existing in the mind of the speaker; cf. in Gr. alla su, su de.
    a.
    In passing to an interrogation, exhortation, request:

    At, scelesta, viden ut ne id quidem me dignum esse existumat?

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 23; id. Aul. 1, 1, 8:

    At qui nummos tristis inuncat?

    Lucil. 15, 21 Müll.: Me. Sauream non novi. Li. At nosce sane, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 58: Ca. Non adest. Ps. At tu cita, id. Ps. 1, 1, 30:

    satis habeo, at quaeso hercle etiam vide,

    id. Merc. 5, 4, 53 (Ritschl, sat habeo. Sed):

    at unum hoc quaeso... Ut, etc.,

    id. Capt. 3, 5, 89:

    at tu, qui laetus rides mala nostra caveto Mox tibi,

    Tib. 1, 2, 87:

    Hunc ut Peleus vidit, At inferias, juvenum gratissime Crantor, Accipe, ait,

    Ov. M. 12, 367:

    at tu, nauta, vagae ne parce malignus arenae Ossibus et capiti inhumato Particulam dare,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 23.—In prose:

    at vide quid succenseat,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 24, 2:

    itaque pulsus ego civitate non sum, quae nulla erat: at vide, quam ista tui latrocinii tela contempserim,

    id. Part. Or. 4, 1, 28; id. Dom. 44; App. M. 6, p. 179, 18.—
    b.
    In expressions of passion, astonishment, indignation, pain, etc.:

    At ut scelesta sola secum murmurat,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 13: Sc. Nunc quidem domi certost: certa res est Nunc nostrum opservare ostium, [ubi] ubist. Pa. At, Sceledre, quaeso, Ut etc., id. Mil. 2, 4, 46:

    At o deorum quidquid in caelo regit Terras et humanum genus, Quid iste fert tumultus?

    Hor. Epod. 5, 1:

    At tibi quanta domus rutila testudine fulgens, etc.,

    Stat. S. 2, 4, 11.—In prose:

    horum omnium studium una mater oppugnat: at quae mater?

    Cic. Clu. 70; id. Verr. 2, 2, 45:

    at per deos immortales! quid est, quod de hoc dici possit,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 46:

    institui senatores, qui omnia indicum responsa perscriberent. At quos viros!

    id. Sull. 42; id. Deiot. 19, 33:

    tangit et ira deos: at non impune feremus,

    Ov. M. 8, 279; 10, 724:

    at tibi Colchorum, memini, regina vacavi,

    id. H. 12, 1.—
    c.
    In indignant imprecations:

    At te di omnes cum consilio, Calve, mactāssint malo! Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 245 Rib.: At te Juppiter diique omnes perdant!

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 37:

    At te di deaeque faxint cum isto odio, Laches,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 59:

    At te di perdant,

    id. Eun. 3, 1, 41:

    At tibi di dignum factis exitium duint,

    id. And. 4, 1, 42:

    At vobis male sit,

    Cat. 3, 13:

    At tibi, pro scelere, exclamat, pro talibus ausis Di... persolvant grates dignas et praemia reddant Debita!

    Verg. A. 2, 535.—In prose:

    At vos, ait, devota capita, respiciant di perjuriorum vindices,

    Just. 14, 4, 10.—
    d.
    Rarely of friendly inclination, disposition:

    At tibi di bene faciant omnes,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 18:

    At tibi di semper, adulescens, quisquis es, faciant bene,

    id. Men. 5, 7, 32:

    At tu, Catulle, destinatus obdura,

    Cat. 8, 19.—
    e.
    In entreaty:

    At vos, o superi, miserescite regis,

    Verg. A. 8, 572:

    at tu, pater deūm hominumque, hinc saltem arce hostes,

    Liv. 1, 12.—
    II.
    In adding an entirely opposite thought, but, but indeed, but on the other hand, on the contrary, etc. (the strictly class. signif. of the word).
    A.
    In gen.: at differentiam rerum significat: ut cum dicimus, Scipio est bellator, at M. Cato orator, Paul. ex Fest. p. 11 Müll.: splendet saepe, ast idem nimbis interdum nigret, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 170 Rib.: So. Mentire nunc. Me. At jam faciam, ut verum dicas dicere, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 189: So. Per Jovem juro med etc. Me. At ego per Mercurium juro, tibi etc., id. ib. 1, 1, 280:

    Atque oppido hercle bene velle illud visus sum, Ast non habere quoi commendarem caprum,

    id. Merc. 2, 1, 22:

    fecit idem Themistocles... at idem Pericles non fecit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 11, 3:

    non placet M. Antonio consulatus meus, at placuit P. Servilio,

    id. Phil. 2, 5, 12:

    majores nostri Tusculanos Aequos... in civitatem etiam acceperunt, at Karthaginem et Numantiam funditus sustulerunt,

    id. Off. 1, 11, 35: brevis a naturā nobis vita data est;

    at memoria bene redditae vitae sempiterna,

    id. Phil. 14, 12, 32; id. Cat. 2, 2, 3; id. Leg. 2, 18:

    crebras a nobis litteras exspecta, ast plures etiam ipse mittito,

    id. Att. 1, 16 fin.: Rejectis pilis comminus gladiis pugnatum est. At Germani phalange factā impetus gladiorum exceperunt, Caes. B. G. 1, 52:

    Postquam Caesar dicendi finem fecit, ceteri verbo alius alii varie adsentiebantur. At M. Porcius Cato hujusce modi orationem habuit,

    Sall. C. 52, 1:

    hac iter Elysium nobis, at laeva... ad impia Tartara mittit,

    Verg. A. 6, 542: T. Ante leves ergo pascentur in aethere cervi... M. At nos hinc alii sitientīs ibimus Afros, id. E. 1, 65: Dam. Malo me Galatea petit, lasciva puella... Men. At mihi sese offert ultro meus ignis Amyntas, id. ib. 3, 66; 7, 35; 7, 55; id. G. 1, 219; 1, 242; 1, 370; 2, 151; 2, 184; 3, 331; 4, 18; 4, 180; id. A. 2, 35; 2, 687; 3, 424; 5, 264;

    6, 489: Ast ego nutrici non mando vota,

    Pers. 2, 39:

    ast illi tremat etc.,

    id. 6, 74:

    Ast vocat officium,

    id. 6, 27:

    At Jesus audiens ait,

    Vulg. Matt. 9, 12; 9, 22; 12, 3; 12, 48 et persaep.—
    a.
    In order to strengthen a contrast, sometimes (esp. in Plaut. and Ter.) with contra, e contrario, potius, etiam, vero.
    (α).
    With contra:

    Summis nitere opibus, at ego contra ut dissimilis siem,

    Lucil. 26, 19 Müll.:

    Ergo quod magnumst aeque leviusque videtur... At contra gravius etc.,

    Lucr. 1, 366; so id. 1, 570; 1, 1087; 2, 235: L. Opimius ejectus est e patriā: At contra bis Catilina absolutus est, Cic. Pis. 95; id. Verr. 5, 66; id. Sex. Rosc. 131; id. Quinct. 75:

    At tibi contra Evenit, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 27:

    (Cornutus) taedio curarum mortem in se festinavit: at contra reus nihil infracto animo, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 28.—
    (β).
    With e contrario: apud nos mercenarii scribae existimantur;

    at apud illos e contrario nemo ad id officium admittitur, nisi, etc.,

    Nep. Eum. 1, 5:

    in locis siccis partibus sulcorum imis disponenda sunt semina, ut tamquam in alveolis maneant. At uliginosis e contrario in summo porcae dorso collocanda, etc.,

    Col. 11, 3, 44.—
    (γ).
    With potius:

    at satius fuerat eam viro dare nuptum potius,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 44:

    at potius serves nostram, tua munera, vitam,

    Ov. H. 3, 149.—
    (δ).
    With etiam: At etiam, furcifer, Male loqui mi audes? but do you even? etc., Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 31; id. Trin. 4, 2, 151; id. Rud. 3, 4, 6:

    At etiam cubat cuculus. Surge, amator, i domum,

    but he is yet abed, id. As. 5, 2, 73; so id. Capt. 2, 3, 98; id. Mil. 4, 4, 6:

    Exi foras, sceleste. At etiam restitas, Fugitive!

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 1; 5, 6, 10: Proinde aut exeant, aut quiescant, etc.... at etiam sunt, Quirites, qui dicant, a me in exsilium ejectum esse Catilinam, on the contrary, there are indeed people who say. etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 6, 12; id. Phil. 2, 30, 76; id. Quinct. 56; id. Verr. 5, 77; id. Dom. 70 al.—
    (ε).
    With vero, but certainly:

    At vero aut honoribus aucti aut etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Off. 2, 20, 70; 2, 23, 80; id. Fin. 1, 10, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 17 al.—
    (ζ).
    With certe:

    Numquam ego te, vitā frater amabilior, Aspiciam posthac. At certe semper amabo,

    Cat. 65, 11; 66, 25. —
    (η).
    So, quidem—at (very rare) = quidem —autem, Cic. Off. 1, 22, 75.—
    b.
    Ironically: Th. Quid valeam? Ly. At tu aegrota, si lubet, per me aetatem quidem, Plaut. Curc. 4, 3, 22:

    at, credo, mea numina tandem Fessa jacent,

    Verg. A. 7, 297; 7, 363; Ov. H. 1, 44.—
    B.
    Very freq. in adding an objection, from one's own mind or another's, against an assertion previously made, but, on the contrary, in opposition to this; sometimes, but one may say, it may be objected, and the like:

    Piscium magnam atque altilium vim interfecisti. At nego,

    Lucil. 28, 43 Müll.:

    Quid tandem te impedit? Mosne majorum? At persaepe etiam privati in hac re publicā perniciosos cives morte multārunt. An leges, quae de civium Romanorum supplicio rogatae sunt? At numquam in hac urbe etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 11, 28:

    Appellandi tempus non erat? At tecum plus annum vixit. In Galliā agi non potuit? At et in provinciā jus dicebatur et etc.,

    id. Quinct. 41:

    Male judicavit populus. At judicavit. Non debuit. At potuit. Non fero. At multi clarissimi cives tulerunt,

    id. Planc. 11:

    sunt, quos signa, quos caelatum argentum delectant. At sumus, inquiunt, civitatis principes,

    id. Part. Or. 5, 2, 36; id. Fin. 4, 25, 71; id. Verr. 2, 2 fin.:

    quid porro quaerendum est? Factumne sit? At constat: A quo? At patet,

    id. Mil. 6, 15; id. Phil. 2, 9: convivium vicinorum cotidie compleo, quod ad multam noctem, quam maxime possumus, vario sermone producimus. At non est voluptatum tanta quasi titillatio in senibus. Credo: sed ne desideratio quidem, [p. 187] id. Sen. 14, 47:

    multo magnus orator praestat minutis imperatoribus. At prodest plus imperator. Quis negat?

    id. Brut. 73, 256; id. Div. 2, 29, 62; 2, 31, 67; 2, 32, 69 al.:

    Maxime Juppiter! At in se Pro quaestu sumptum facit hic,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 18 al. — In this case freq. strengthened,
    a.
    By pol, edepol, hercule: At pol ego neque florem neque flocces volo mihi, Caecil., Com. Rel. p. 67 Rib.: So. Non edepol volo profecto. Me. At pol profecto ingratiis, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 215; so id. As. 2, 2, 34; 4, 2, 14; id. Capt. 3, 4, 64; id. Cas. 2, 3, 15; id. Cist. 4, 2, 70; id. Trin. 2, 4, 73: Ha. Gaudio ero vobis. Ad. At edepol nos voluptati tibi, id. Poen. 5, 4, 61; 3, 1, 68:

    At hercule aliquot annos populus Romanus maximā parte imperii caruit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 54; id. Sex. Rosc. 50:

    at hercle in eā controversiā, quae de Argis est, superior sum,

    Liv. 34, 31:

    At, Hercule, reliquis omnibus etc.,

    Plin. 7, 50, 51, § 169:

    At, hercules, Diodorus et in morbo etc.,

    id. 29, 6, 39, § 142:

    At hercule Germanicum Druso ortum etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 3; 1, 17; 1, 26;

    3, 54: At, hercules, si conscius fuissem etc.,

    Curt. 6, 10, 20 al. —
    b.
    By enim, which introduces a reason for the objection implied in at, but certainly, but surely, but indeed, etc., alla gar: At enim tu nimis spisse incedis, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 16 Rib.; Turp. id. p. 93: at enim nimis hic longo sermone utimur;

    Diem conficimus,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 78:

    At enim istoc nil est magis etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 21:

    At enim vereor, inquit Crassus, ne haec etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 49, 188:

    cum dixisset Sophocles, O puerum pulchrum, Pericle. At enim praetorem, Sophocle, decet non solum manus, sed etiam oculos abstinentes habere, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 40, 144 Beier; so id. Mur. 35, 74; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52 al.:

    at enim inter hos ipsos existunt graves controversiae,

    id. Quinct. 1; so id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51; 20, 60; id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; id. Ac. 2, 17, 52:

    At enim cur a me potissimum hoc praesidium petiverunt?

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 15:

    At enim quis reprehendet, quod in parricidas rei publicae decretum erit?

    Sall. C. 51, 25 Kritz:

    At enim quid ita solus ego circum curam ago?

    Liv. 6, 15; 34, 32:

    At enim eo foedere, quod etc.,

    id. 21, 18; 34, 31; 39, 37: At enim nova nobis in fratrum filias conjugia;

    sed etc.,

    Tac. A. 12, 6.—
    c.
    By tamen: Jam id peccatum primum magnum, magnum, at humanum tamen, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 53: Hi secretis sermonibus... conveniunt;

    nam publice civitas talibus inceptis abhorrebat. At tamen interfuere quidam etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 55:

    At certe tamen, inquiunt, quod etc.,

    Cat. 10, 14.—
    C.
    With a preced. negative, sometimes no antithesis is appended by at, but it is indicated that if what has been said is not true, yet at least something else is true, but yet; sometimes with tamen, but yet; or certe, but at least, yet at least:

    Nolo victumas: at minimis me extis placare volo,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 95:

    Si tibi non cordi fuerant conubia nostra,... At tamen in vostras potuisti ducere sedes,

    Cat. 64, 158 sq.:

    Non cognoscebantur foris, at domi: non ab alienis, at a suis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 11, 56:

    Liceat haec nobis, si oblivisci non possumus, at tacere,

    id. Fl. 25, 61:

    Si genus humanum et mortalia temnitis arma, At sperate deos memores fandi atque nefandi,

    Verg. A. 1, 543; so id. ib. 4, 615, and 6, 406. —With certe:

    Haec erant... quorum cognitio studiosis juvenibus si non magnam utilitatem adferet, at certe, quod magis petimus, bonam voluntatem,

    Quint. 12, 11, 31; Cels. 2, 15; Suet. Calig. 12, al.—
    D.
    The antithesis is sometimes not so much in the clause appended by at, as in the persons or things introduced in it; so,
    (α).
    Esp. freq. in conditional clauses with si, si non, si minus, etiam si, etc.; cf. Herm. ad Viger. 241: Si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit; At erit mi hoc factum mortuo memorabile, if I perish here, but he does not return, yet etc., Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 26; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 131:

    si ego digna hac contumeliā Sum maxime, at tu indignus qui faceres tamen,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 25:

    Si tu oblitus es, at di meminerunt,

    Cat. 30, 11:

    si non eo die, at postridie,

    Cato, R. R. 2, 1:

    si non paulo, at aliquanto (post petīsses),

    Cic. Quinct. 40; 97; id. Mil. 93 al.:

    quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,

    id. Cat. 1, 22; id. Verr. 5, 69; id. Clu. 15: qui non possit, etiam si sine ullā suspitione, at non sine argumento male dicere, id. Cael. 3, 8.—
    (β).
    With etsi:

    ei, etsi nequāquam parem illius ingenio, at pro nostro tamen studio meritam gratiam referamus,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 4, 14; Tac. Or. 19.—
    (γ).
    With quod si:

    Quod si nihil cum potentiore juris humani relinquitur inopi, at ego ad deos confugiam,

    Liv. 9, 1; Tac. A. 1, 67.—
    E.
    At, like autem and de, sometimes serves simply to introduce an explanation: cum Sic mutilus miniteris. At illi foeda cicatrix etc., now an ugly scar etc., Hor. S. 1, 5, 60. —
    F.
    And also like de in Hom. and Hdt., it sometimes introduces an apodosis,
    a.
    With si: Bellona, si hobie nobis victoriam duis, ast ego templum tibi voveo, if to-day thou bestow victory, then I etc., ean—de, Liv. 10, 19.—
    b.
    With quoniam: Nunc, quoniam tuum insanabile ingenium est, at tu tuo supplicio doce etc., since your disposition is past cure, at least etc., epei—de, Liv. 1, 28.
    A.
    At is sometimes repeated at the beginning of several clauses,
    a.
    In opposition each to the preceding clause: Soph. Tu quidem haut etiam octoginta's pondo. Paegn. At confidentiā Militia illa militatur multo magis quam pondere. At ego hanc operam perdo, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 47 sq.:

    Si ego hic peribo, ast ille, ut dixit, non redit: At erit mi hoc factum mortuo memorabile,

    id. Capt. 3, 5, 25 sq.; id. As. 5, 2, 6 sqq. (Cic., in Quir. 7 and 10, opposes at to sed, and Tac., in A. 12, 6, sed to at).—
    b.
    In opposition to some common clause preceding:

    At etiam asto? At etiam cesso foribus facere hisce assulas?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 20: Quid tum esse existimas judicatum? Certe gratīs judicāsse. At condemnārat; at causam totam non audierat;

    at in contionibus etc.,

    Cic. Caecin. 113:

    Sit flagitiorum omnium princeps: at est bonus imperator, at felix,

    id. Verr. 5, 4; id. Sest. 47; id. Fragm. B. 16, 5 B. and K.: Nefarius Hippias Pisistrati filius arma contra patriam ferens;

    at Sulla, at Marius, at Cinna recte, imo jure fortasse,

    id. Att. 9, 10, 3: At non formosa est, at non bene culta puella;

    At, puto, non votis saepe petita meis?

    Ov. Am. 3, 7, 1 sq. Merk.:

    At quam sunt similes, at quam formosus uterque!

    id. F. 2, 395: rideri possit eo quod Rusticius tonso toga defluit: at est bonus ut melior vir Non alius quisquam; at tibi amicus;

    at ingenium ingens Inculto latet hoc sub corpore,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 30 sqq. (cf. sed—

    sed,

    Cat. 64, 141; Juv. 5, 61; 8, 149; and a similar use of alla in Hellenistic Greek, as alla—alla, 2 Cor. 2, 17: alla—alla —alla, 1 Cor. 6, 11).—
    B.
    Though regularly occupying the first place in its clause or sentence, it sometimes stands second (cf. atque fin.):

    Saepius at si me, Lycida formose, revisas,

    Verg. E. 7, 67; id. G. 3, 331:

    Tutior at quanto merx est in classe secundā,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 47:

    Mentior at si quid, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 37:

    Gramineis ast inde toris discumbitur,

    Val. Fl. 8, 255:

    Major at inde etc.,

    Stat. Th. 4, 116.—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 417-451; Wagner, Quaest. XXXVII. ad Verg. IV. pp. 581- 585.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > at

  • 13 ὡς

    ὡς:—Summary:
    A as ADVERB of Manner.
    Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.
    Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.
    Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.
    Ad ὡς temporal, when.
    Ae ὡς Local, where,
    B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.
    C, D various usages.
    A ADVERB of Manner:
    Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;

    ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20

    a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;

    ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888

    , al.
    2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;

    οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386

    : the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);

    κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11

    (iv A. D.);

    δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160

    (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.

    καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1

    (iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.
    3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;

    οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151

    -5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.
    4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.
    Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (

    φὴ Zenod.

    ): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:
    I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by

    ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462

    :

    ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389

    , cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;

    ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2

    : ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;

    θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78

    ;

    οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299

    : where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,

    Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151

    , cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.
    2 like as, just as,

    ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326

    , v. supr. Aa. 3.
    3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)

    οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344

    ; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)

    εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172

    ;

    τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105

    ;

    τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130

    ; so in Trag.,

    σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124

    ;

    ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60

    ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;

    τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72

    ; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)

    βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9

    (Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.
    4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;

    ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c

    ; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.
    II with Adverbial clauses:
    1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)

    τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5

    , cf. 1.65;

    ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76

    ; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.
    2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3)

    ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395

    (lyr.); so

    ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41

    and

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ;

    ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2

    ; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as

    οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8

    ; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31;

    ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1

    ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;

    μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20

    , cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;

    ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31

    ; also with

    ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135

    codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.
    3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,

    ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88

    ;

    ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25

    ;

    ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d

    .— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.
    III with Adverbs:
    a with the Posit.,

    ὡς ἀληθῶς

    truly,

    Pl.Phdr. 234e

    (cf.

    ἀληθής 111.1b

    : as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452;

    ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34

    (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);

    ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9

    , 340.2;

    ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26

    ;

    ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27

    , D.6.32;

    ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53

    (iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.
    b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as

    θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c

    , cf. Phd. 99d.
    c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,

    ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141

    , etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;

    ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189

    ; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,

    ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153

    ;

    ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50

    ;

    μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d

    ; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,

    ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a

    ;

    βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17

    (ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.
    d with [comp] Comp.,

    ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1

    , 3.82.1.
    e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,

    ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34

    ; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;

    ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50

    , etc.;

    ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17

    .
    2 with Adjs.,
    a Posit.,

    ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d

    .
    Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,

    μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3

    , cf. Pl.R. 365a;

    ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84

    , etc.;

    οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1

    ; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,

    οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75

    .
    2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;

    αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350

    .
    Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,

    ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600

    : with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,

    ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17

    : rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,

    τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172

    , cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;

    ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170

    ([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;

    ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2

    : less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,

    ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424

    ;

    ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294

    ; also

    ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396

    ;

    Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74

    ; the second ὣς is repeated,

    ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41

    (ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.
    2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in

    ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330

    ,

    ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117

    ; cf.

    ὥσπερ 111.1

    : but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,

    ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35

    , 36;

    ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10

    , cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,

    τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89

    B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).
    Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).
    B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:
    I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.
    II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.
    III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.
    IV Causal, since, because.
    I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,

    γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402

    , cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,

    προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22

    : with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,

    μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in

    ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168

    ): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,

    κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69

    , cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.
    2 with Verbs of feeling,

    χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648

    ;

    ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600

    .
    II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,

    βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37

    ;

    τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83

    ;

    ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464

    ;

    [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7

    . b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)

    κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

    2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;

    ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23

    ; cf.

    ἵνα B. 1.3

    ,

    ὅπως B. 1.3

    .
    3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,

    ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95

    , cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.

    ἔπος 11.4

    ; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;

    ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36

    (so without

    ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61

    ), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.
    III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;

    ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184

    ; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;

    ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75

    ;

    οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d

    ;

    ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13

    ; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,

    οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135

    , cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.
    2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,

    μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113

    ;

    μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d

    ; cf.

    ὥστε B. 1.2

    : with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.
    3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;

    ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31

    .
    IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,

    τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914

    , cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,

    μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46

    .
    2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.
    C [full] ὡς before
    I Participles;
    II Prepositions; and
    III ὡς itself as a Preposition.
    I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,

    ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430

    (v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,

    διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28

    , cf. 91;

    παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7

    , etc.;

    δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242

    ;

    ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325

    (troch.): in questions,

    παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b

    ;

    ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557

    ; with vbs. of knowing,

    ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91

    ; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.
    2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672;

    ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253

    ;

    τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e

    ;

    ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e

    , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;

    νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32

    ;

    κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202

    (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,

    τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.
    3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,

    νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144

    ; ἐρώτα

    ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9

    ;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281

    , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,

    μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e

    , cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,

    ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25

    , cf. Pl.R. 604b.
    II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;

    φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11

    ; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;

    ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61

    ;

    πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58

    ;

    τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44

    : in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:

    ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28

    ; also

    ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c

    ;

    ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101

    .
    b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,

    προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8

    , cf. 13.1.22;

    ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1

    , cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)

    ἰόντων Id.8.3.32

    .
    III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom.,

    ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218

    (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.

    αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10

    ; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,

    ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121

    .έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5

    , etc.;

    ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79

    ;

    ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31

    ; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;

    ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121

    ; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.

    ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36

    (ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;

    ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242

    : in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.
    D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:
    I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;

    φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316

    ; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;

    ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6

    , 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.
    2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.

    ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279

    ;

    ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488

    (troch.).
    II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,

    ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107

    ;

    ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47

    , cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt.,

    ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444

    ;

    ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281

    .
    E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,

    σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5

    ; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.

    μάλα 111.5

    ), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,

    δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7

    ; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;

    δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30

    , cf. An.5.4.12; cf.

    ὡσεί 111

    .
    F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:
    1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.

    ἵνα B.11.3c

    .
    2 know that (sc. ἴσθι)

    , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ;

    ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400

    , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,

    ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32

    , cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also

    ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119

    .
    3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),

    ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57

    , cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;

    ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114

    ; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους)

    οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31

    , cf. 79;

    ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9

    , al.; rarely with a Verb,

    ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29

    , cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows

    ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3

    :—for the etymology v. infr. H; also

    ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74

    (v. infr. H).
    G [full] ὡς pleonast. in

    ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14

    , 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.
    H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. , Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.

    ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς

  • 14 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidenceto do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 15 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

    (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

    (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

    (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

    ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

    (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

    <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 16 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 17 vicis

    vĭcis (as a gen.; the nom. does not occur), vicem, vice; in plur., vices (nom. and acc.) and vicibus (dat. and abl.), f. [cf. Gr. eikô, to yield; root Wik-; v. Curt. Gr. Etym. p. 135], change, interchange, alternation, alternate or reciprocal succession, vicissitude (the gen. not ante-Aug.; the other cases class.).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen. (mostly poet. and in post-Aug. prose; for which, in class. prose, vicissitudo).
    (α).
    Sing.: ignotus juvenum coetus alternā vice Inibat alacris, Enn. ap. Charis. p. 214 P. (Trag. v. 151 Vahl.):

    hac vice sermonum,

    conversation, Verg. A. 6, 535:

    vice sermonis,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 4, 79; cf. in the foll. b:

    deus haec fortasse benigna Reducet in sedem vice,

    Hor. Epod. 13, 8:

    solvitur acris hiems grata vice veris et Favoni,

    id. C. 1, 4, 1:

    commoti Patres vice fortunarum humanarum,

    Liv. 7, 31, 6: dum Nox vicem peragit, performs the exchange, i. e. alternales with day, Ov. M. 4, 218:

    ridica contingens vitem mutuā vice sustinetur et sustinet,

    Col. 4, 16:

    versā vice,

    reversely, Dig. 43, 29, 3; App. Dogm. Plat. p. 32, 6; id. Flor. p. 363; Just. 6, 5, 11 al.—
    (β).
    Plur.:

    plerumque gratae divitibus vices Mundaeque parvo sub Lare pauperum Cenae,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 13:

    et interrogandi se ipsum et respondendi sibi solent esse non ingratae vices,

    Quint. 9, 2, 14:

    loquendi,

    id. 6, 4, 11; Ov. P. 2, 10, 35:

    ipsius lectionis taedium vicibus levatur,

    Quint. 1, 12, 4:

    habet has vices condicio mortalium, ut adversa ex secundis, ex adversis secunda nascantur,

    Plin. Pan. 5 fin.:

    spatium diei noctis excipiunt vices,

    Phaedr. 2, 8, 10:

    haec quoque non perstant... Quasque vices peragant... docebo,

    what vicissitudes they undergo, Ov. M. 15, 238:

    mutat terra vices,

    renews her changes, Hor. C. 4, 7, 3:

    perque vicis modo Persephone! modo Filia! clamat,

    alternately, Ov. F. 4, 483; so,

    per vicis,

    id. M. 4, 40; Plin. 8, 7, 7, § 23:

    per vices annorum,

    i. e. every other year, id. 12, 14, 30, § 54:

    cur vicibus factis convivia ineant,

    alternately, by turns, Ov. F. 4, 353.—
    2.
    Adverb.: in vicem (also freq. one word, invĭcem; and less freq. vicem, in vices, or per vices), by turns, alternately, one after the other, mutually, reciprocally.
    a.
    In vicem: bibenda aqua: postero die etiam vinum: deinde in vicem alternis diebus modo aqua modo vinum, Cels. 3, 2 med.:

    reliqui, qui domi manserunt, se atque alios alunt: hi rursus in vicem anno post in armis sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 1:

    propter vicinitatem simul eramus invicem,

    Cic. Att. 5, 10, 5; Quint. 11, 3, 168:

    multis invicem casibus victi victoresque,

    Liv. 2, 44, 12:

    non comisantium in vicem more jam diu vivimus inter nos,

    id. 40, 9, 8 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    in vicem inter se gratantes,

    id. 9, 43, 17:

    inque vicem tua me, te mea forma capit,

    Ov. H. 17, 180; id. M. 6, 631; 8, 473; Verg. G. 3, 188; Hor. S. 1, 3, 141 al.—
    b.
    Vicem:

    ut unus fasces haberet, et hoc insigne regium suam cujusque vicem, per omnes iret,

    Liv. 3, 36, 3; cf. id. 1, 9, 15.—
    c.
    In vices ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    inque vices illum tectos qui laesit amores, Laedit amore pari,

    Ov. M. 4, 191; 12, 161; Tac. G. 26 Halm.—
    d.
    Per vices (post-Aug. and very rare):

    quod ipsum imperari per vices optimum est,

    Quint. 2, 4, 6 Halm.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    A time, turn (late Lat.; cf. Orell. ad Hor. C. 4, 14, 13):

    ager tertiā vice arabitur,

    Pall. 10, 1:

    tribus per diem vicibus,

    id. 1, 3 fin.; cf.:

    tesserulas in medium vice suā quisque jaciebamus,

    Gell. 18, 13, 1:

    vice quādam,

    once, Sid. Ep. 7, 1; Aus. Pan. Grat. Aug. 4.—
    2.
    Reciprocal behavior or conduct, i. e. return, requital, reciprocal service, recompense, remuneration, retaliation (rare but class.):

    recito praedicationem amplissimi beneficii, vicem officii praesentis,

    Cic. Sest. 4, 10:

    tanto proclivius est injuriae quam beneficio vicem exsolvere,

    Tac. H. 4, 3; Prop. 1, 13, 10:

    redde vicem meritis,

    Ov. Am. 1, 6, 23:

    non poteris ipsa referre vicem,

    id. A. A. 1, 370; cf.:

    dejecit acer plus vice simplici (i. e. non tantam solum cladem illis intulit quantam ipsi dederant, sed duplum, Schol.),

    Hor. C. 4, 14, 13 Orell. ad loc.— Plur.:

    spernentem sperne, sequenti Redde vices,

    Ov. M. 14, 36:

    neque est ullus affectus... qui magis vices exigat,

    Plin. Pan. 85, 3.—
    3.
    The changes of fate, fate, hap, lot, condition, fortune, misfortune:

    mihi uni necesse erit et meam et aliorum vicem pertimescere?

    Cic. Dom. 4, 8:

    indignando et ipse vicem ejus,

    Liv. 40, 23, 1:

    tacite gementes tristem fortunae vicem,

    Phaedr. 5, 1, 6; cf.:

    vicem suam conquestus est,

    Suet. Aug. 66:

    convertere humanam vicem,

    Hor. Epod. 5, 88:

    publicā vice commoveri,

    Quint. 11, 1, 42; cf. id. 4, 1, 33.— Plur.:

    fors et Debita jura vicesque superbae Te maneant ipsum,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 32:

    testor in occasu vestro nec tela nec ullas Vitavisse vices Danaūm,

    dangers, contests, Verg. A. 2, 433.—
    II.
    Transf., the position, place, room, stead, post, office, duty of one person or thing as assumed by another (the usual signif. of the word):

    heredum causa justissima est: nulla est enim persona, quae ad vicem ejus, qui e vitā emigrarit, propius accedat,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 19, 48:

    ego succedens in vicem imperii tui,

    Liv. 38, 48, 7:

    ipse in locum vicemque consulis provolat,

    id. 3, 18, 9:

    postquam (Juppiter) te dedit, qui erga omne humanum genus vice suā fungereris,

    stand in the place of, represent, Plin. Pan. 80, 6:

    fungar vice cotis,

    Hor. A. P. 304:

    per speciem alienae fungendae vicis opes suas firmavit,

    Liv. 1, 41, 6:

    ne sacra regiae vicis desererentur,

    id. 1, 20, 2:

    vestramque meamque vicem explete,

    Tac. A. 4, 8 fin.:

    cujus... ego vicem debeo inplere,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 6, 6:

    (Manus) adverbiorum atque pronominum obtinent vicem,

    Quint. 11, 3, 87:

    in ordine vicis suae,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 8.— Plur.: non ad suum pertinere officium rati, quando divisae professionum vices essent, Quint. Inst. prooem. § 4.—
    2.
    Adverb.
    a.
    Vicem, with the gen. or a pers. pron., in the place of, instead of, on account of, for, for the sake of:

    eri vicem meamque,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 11:

    qui hodie sese excruciari meam vicem possit pati,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 8; cf. id. ib. 5, 2, 24:

    vos respondetote istinc istarum vicem,

    id. Rud. 3, 5, 34:

    tuam vicem saepe doleo,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 23, 3:

    suam vicem indignantem magistratu abisse,

    Liv. 2, 31, 11: remittimus hoc tibi, ne nostram vicem irascaris. id. 34, 32, 6:

    sollicito consuli... eorum vicem quos, etc.,

    id. 44, 3, 5:

    rex, vicem eorum quos ad tam manifestum periculum miserat,

    Curt. 7, 11, 20:

    maestus non suam vicem, sed propter, etc.,

    id. 7, 2, 5: cum Pompeius aedem Victoriae dedicaturus foret, cujus gradus vicem theatri essent, Tiro Tull. ap. [p. 1987] Gell. 10, 1, 7:

    quoniam res familiaris obsidis vicem esse apud rempublicam videbatur,

    Gell. 16, 10, 11.—
    (β).
    Sometimes in a more general sense, after the manner of, like:

    Sardanapali vicem in suo lectulo mori,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 7: ceteri vicem pecorum obtruncabantur, Sall. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 497, 26; cf. the foll.—
    b.
    Vice, instead of, for, on account of:

    in pane salis vice utuntur nitro,

    Plin. 31, 10, 46, § 115:

    temonis vice trahitur,

    Col. 6, 2, 7:

    murum urbi cocto latere circumdedit, harenae vice bitumine interstrato,

    Just. 1, 2, 7:

    exanimes vice unius,

    Liv. 1, 25, 6:

    senatus vice populi,

    Just. Inst. 1, 2, 5.—
    (β).
    In a more general sense (cf. the preced. numbers), after the manner of, like:

    jactari se passa fluctu algae vice,

    Plin. 9, 45, 68, § 147:

    moveri periclitantium vice possumus,

    Quint. 6, 2, 35:

    diebus ac noctibus vice mundi circumagi,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    quaeque dixerat, oracli vice accipiens,

    Tac. A. 6, 21 fin.:

    ut deorum vice mortuos honorarent,

    like gods, Lact. 4, 28 fin.:

    vice navium,

    App. de Deo Socr. p. 47, 22:

    vice pecudum occidi,

    Lact. 5, 10, 6:

    vice imbellium proculcati,

    Dict. Cret. 3, 24.—
    c.
    In vicem, instead of, for, in place of:

    potest malleolus protinus in vicem viviradicis conseri,

    Col. 3, 14, 3:

    defatigatis in vicem integri succedunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 85:

    in omnium vicem regni unius insatiabilis amor Successit,

    Liv. 40, 8, 18:

    missis in vicem eorum quinque milibus sociorum,

    id. 31, 11, 3; Col. 5, 6, 1; so dat. vici, Quint. Decl. 6, 4.—
    d.
    Ad vicem, instead of, for:

    ad tegularum et imbricum vicem,

    Plin. 36, 22, 44, § 159:

    ad vicem solis cinis calidus subjectus,

    Pall. 4, 10 fin.; 3, 28;

    very rarely, ad invicem,

    Veg. Vet. 2, 7 fin.
    (β).
    In a more general sense (cf. in the preced. numbers a. and b.), after the manner of, like:

    majores natu a majoribus colebantur ad deum prope ad parentum vicem,

    Gell. 2, 15, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > vicis

  • 18 ἐπεί

    ἐπεί, Conj., both temporal and causal; also [full] ἐπειδή, [full] ἐπείτε.
    A OF TIME ( ἐπειδή is more freq. in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Hom. downwds.:
    I with Ind.,
    1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly c. [tense] aor., ἐπεί π' εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Il.1.458;

    ἐπειδὴ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη Ἀρταξέρξης

    after

    D.

    had died and A. had succeeded, X.An.1.1.3: rarely c. [tense] impf.,

    ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ' Ar.Nu. 1354

    ;

    ἐ. πόντον εἰσεβάλλομεν E.IT 260

    ;

    ἐ. ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος X.An.1.1.1

    : c. [tense] plpf., ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., D.18.42; but generally the [tense] aor. is found, the [tense] plpf. being used only for special emphasis: c. [tense] impf. to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, X.An.6.5.27.
    2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, = ἐξ οὗ, from the time when, since, mostly c. [tense] aor.,

    πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Od.1.2

    ; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Hdt.7.8.

    ά; ἐπειδήπερ ὑπέστη Th.8.68

    ;

    δέκατον μὲν ἔτος τόδ' ἐ... ἦραν A.Ag. 40

    : sts. c. [tense] pres. (used in [tense] pf. sense) and [tense] pf., ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, S.Ant.15; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Hdt.3.117.
    II with Subj., ἄν being always added in [dialect] Att. Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Com., Ar.Lys. 1175,Av. 983), later ἐπάν (q.v.), [dialect] Ion.

    ἐπεάν Schwyzer 800

    (vi B.C.), Hdt.3.153, al.,

    ἐπήν Hp.Fract.6

    , al., and ἐπειδή with ἄν ἐπειδάν (q.v.); Hom. has ἐπεί κε, ἐπήν (once

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ):
    1 referring to future time with [tense] fut. apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Il.4.238;

    ἐ. κ' ἀπὸ λαὸς ὄληται 11.764

    . cf. Od.17.23;

    ἐπεάν περ ἡμίονοι τέκωσι, τότε τὸ τεῖχος ἁλώσεσθαι Hdt.3.153

    ; ταῦτ', ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ' ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., D.57.16, cf. X.An.2.3.29;

    ἐ. ἂν σύ γε πότ μον ἐπίσπῃς Il.6.412

    ; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., D.21.34.
    2 of repeated action, with a [tense] pres. apodosis, whenever, when once,

    δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Od.11.221

    , cf. Il.9.409; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Th.2.34; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, ibid.: sts. without ἄν or κε in Poets,

    ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ' ἀμφικαλύψῃ Od.20.86

    ;

    ἐ. δὴ τόν γε δαμάσσεται.. ὀϊστός Il.11.478

    , cf. S.OC 1225 (lyr.), Ant. 1025.
    3 like A.1.2, δέκα ἡμερῶν ἐπειδὰν δόξῃ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, IG12.88.7.
    III with Opt. (without ἄν):
    1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ' ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (sc. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Pl.R. 516a: Hom. sts. uses ἐπήν with opt. in same sense as ἐπεί, Il.24.227, Od.2.105 (codd.), etc.
    2 more freq. of repeated action, with a past apodosis,

    ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Il.24.14

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο X.An.4.5.9

    ;

    ἐ. πύθοιτο, ἐπῄνει Id.Cyr.5.3.55

    , cf. Th.8.38, Pl.Phd. 59d, Prt. 315b.
    3 in orat. obliq. after past tenses, representing a subj. in orat. rect., αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) X.An. 7.2.27, cf. 3.5.18, Cyr.1.4.21; after opt. in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο,

    ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Th.7.80

    .
    4 by assimilation to opt. in principal clause,

    ἦ τ' ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Il.19.208

    ;

    ὃς τὸ καταβρόξειεν ἐπεὶ κρητῆρι μιγείη Od.4.222

    .
    5 ἐπειδάν c. opt. is f.l. in some passages of early authors, as X.Cyr.1.3.11, D.30.6 (c. ind., Plb.13.7.8): found in later Gr., Agath.2.5, al., Zos.5.18.10.
    IV with Inf., only in orat. obliq., ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (sc. ἔφη) Pl.R. 619c, cf.Smp. 174d, Hdt.4.10, 7.150.
    V with other words:
    1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, freq. separated by a word,

    ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο X.An.7.2.6

    ;

    ἐ. δὲ τάχιστα διέβη Id.Cyr.3.3.22

    ;

    ἐ. θᾶττον Arist.Pol. 1284a40

    ;

    ἐ. εὐθέως X.HG3.2.4

    ;

    ἐ... αὐτίκα Pi.N.1.35

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα Pl.Prt. 310c

    , D.27.16;

    ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα Hdt.8.144

    , X.An.3.1.9; rarely

    ἐπειδὴ θᾶττον D.37.41

    ;

    ἐπειδὰν θᾶττον Pl.Prt. 325c

    .
    b

    ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Il.12.420

    ;

    ἐ. τὸ πρῶτον A.Ag. 1287

    .
    2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Il.6.426; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, 1.57, 3.4;

    ἐπεὶ ὦν Hdt.3.9

    ;

    ἐπεὶ γὰρ δή Id.9.90

    , etc.
    B CAUSAL ( ἐπεί more freq. in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, IG22.103, etc.;

    ἐπειδήπερ

    inasmuch as, Ev. Luc.

    1.1

    ), since, seeing that, freq. from Hom. downwards:
    1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses),

    ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Il.1.119

    , cf. 153, 278, Pi.O.4.16, X.Mem.2.3.4;

    ἐπειδή Th.8.80

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις Pl.Prt. 335c

    ;

    νίκη δ' ἐπείπερ ἕσπετ', ἐμπέδως μένοι A.Ag. 854

    ; freq. with past tenses with

    ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ' ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ' ἄν S.Ph. 1037

    ;

    ἐπεὶ οὔ κεν ἀνιδρωτί γ' ἐτελέσθη Il.15.228

    , cf. D. 18.49; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ'· ἐπεὶ οὐδ' ἂν ὧδ' ἔχοντ' (sc. εἷλεν) S.Ph. 948: esp. in the sense, for otherwise.., Pi.O.9.29, S.OT 433, X.Mem.2.7.14, Herod.2.72, etc.: so c. [tense] fut., ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Rev.Et.Anc.4.261 (near Smyrna): c. imper., ἐ. δίδαξον for teach me, S.El. 352, OC 969, cf. OT 390, Ar.V.73, Pl.Grg. 473e: with an interrog., ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσειας; for how would you call him? Ar.Nu. 688, cf. Pi.P.7.5, A.Ch. 214, S. Tr. 139 (lyr.);

    ὦ Ἀλκιβιάδη, ἐπειδὴ περὶ τίνος Ἀθηναῖοι διανοοῦνται βουλεύεσθαι, ἀνίστασαι συμβουλεύσων; Pl.Alc.1.106c

    .
    2 c. Opt.,

    ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Il.9.304

    , cf. S.Aj. 916; so after past tenses on the principle of orat. obliq., ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, X.Mem.1.4.19.
    3 c. Inf. in orat. obliq.,

    ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Pl.Prt. 353a

    , cf. Hdt.8.111, Th.2.93.
    4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ' εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Pl.Prt. 335c; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ' ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον ibid. (here the sense may be given by and yet, although, cf. ib. 333c, 317a, Ap. 19e, Smp. 187a, Arist.EN 1121a19); ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Pl. Euthphr.4c.
    b sts. after a voc., where 'listen' may be supplied,

    Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ' αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Il.3.59

    , cf. 13.68, Od.3.103, 211.
    5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Od.17.185; ἐ. γε (

    ἐπεί.. γε Il.1.352

    , Hes. Th. 171), more emphatic than ἐ., since indeed, E.Cyc. 181, Hipp. 955; ἐπειδή γε ib. 946, Pl.Phd. 77d, D.54.29; sts. separated,

    ἐπειδή.. γε S.El. 631

    , Pl.Phd. 87c;

    ἐ. γε δή Hdt.3.9

    , S.Ant. 923,

    ἐπειδή γε καί Th.6.18

    ; ἐ. ἦ since in truth,

    ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Il.1.169

    , cf. 156, Od.9.276; ἐπείπερ (

    ἐ... περ Il.13.447

    , Od.20.181) in Trag. and Prose, A.Ag. 822, S.OC75, Pl.Phd. 114d; ἐπειδήπερ in Com. and Prose, Ar.Ach. 437, 495, Nu. 1412, Th.6.18, Pl.R. 350e; ἐ. τοι since surely, S.OC 433;

    ἐ. νύ τοι Il.1.416

    ;

    ἐ. τοι καί E. Med. 677

    , Pl.R. 567e. [ἐ. sts. begins a verse in Hom., Il.22.379, Od. 4.13, 8.452, 21.25; sts. coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., S. Ph. 446, 948, etc.]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπεί

  • 19 dies

    dĭes (dīes, Liv. Andron. Fragm. Odys. 7), ēi ([etilde]ī, Verg. A. 4, 156; Hor. S. 1, 8, 35 et saep.;

    dissyl.: di-ei,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 31; also gen. dies, die, and dii—dies, as in acies, facies, pernicies, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 9, 14; Ann. v. 401 Vahl.; Cic. Sest. 12, 28 ap. Gell. l. l.:

    die,

    Prisc. p. 780 P.; even in Verg. G. 1, 208, where Gellius reads dies, v. Wagner ad loc., nearly all MSS. have die; cf. Rib. and Forbig. ad loc.; so,

    die,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 59; id. Capt. 4, 2, 20; Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 5; id. B. C. 1, 14, 3; 3, 76, 2; Just. 2, 11, 17; cf. Oud. ad B. G. 2, 23, 1. Die appears to be certain in Sall. J. 52, 3; 97, 3. Also in Cic. Sest. 12, 28, Gellius reads dies, where our MSS., except the Cod. Lamb., have diei;

    perh. those words do not belong to Cicero himself. Form dii,

    Verg. A. 1, 636, Rib. and Forbig. after Serv. and Gell. l. l.— Dat., diēī, saep. die, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 120, acc. to Serv. Verg. G. 1, 208; Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 48; id. Capt. 3, 1, 4; id. Trin. 4, 2, 1;

    once dii,

    id. Merc. 1, Prol. 13; cf. Roby, Gram. 1, 121 sq.); m. (in sing. sometimes f., esp. in the signif. no. I. B. 1.) [root Sanscr. dī, gleam: dinas, day; Gr. dios, heavenly; cf. Lat. Jovis (Diovis), Diana, deus, dīvus, etc. Old form, dius (for divus); cf.: nudius, diu, etc. The word also appears in composition in many particles, as pridem, hodie, diu, etc., v. Corss. Auspr. 2, 855 sq.], a day (cf.: tempus, tempestas, aetas, aevum, spatium, intervallum).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., the civil day of twenty-four hours.
    (α).
    Masc.:

    dies primus est veris in Aquario... dies tertius... dies civiles nostros, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1; cf. Plin. 2, 77, 79, § 188; Macr. S. 1, 3; Gell. 3, 2: REBVS IVRE IVDICATIS TRIGINTA DIES IVSTI SVNTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; and 15, 13 fin.; for which;

    per dies continuos XXX., etc.,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 78: multa dies in bello conficit unus, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 297 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    non uno absolvam die,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 73:

    hic dies,

    id. Aul. 4, 9, 11:

    hic ille est dies,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 3:

    ante hunc diem,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 101:

    illo die impransus fui,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 98; cf.:

    eo die,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22 fin.; 2, 6; 2, 32 fin.; 4, 11, 4; 5, 15 fin. et saep.:

    postero die,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 1; 3, 6, 3 et saep.; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17; Sall. J. 29, 5; 38, 9 et saep.:

    in posterum diem,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 41 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 65 fin. et saep.:

    diem scito esse nullum, quo die non dicam pro reo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3:

    domi sedet totos dies,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 34:

    paucos dies ibi morati,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 5, 4:

    dies continuos XXX. sub bruma esse noctem,

    id. ib. 5, 13, 3:

    hosce aliquot dies,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 4; cf. id. Eun. 1, 2, 71 et saep.:

    festo die si quid prodegeris,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 10; so,

    festus,

    id. Cas. 1, 49; id. Poen. 3, 5, 13; 4, 2, 26 et saep.—
    (β).
    Fem. (freq. in poetry metri gratiā; rare in prose), postrema, Enn. ap. Gell. 9, 14:

    omnia ademit Una dies,

    Lucr. 3, 912; cf. id. 3, 921; 5, 96 and 998: homines, qui ex media nocte ad proximam mediam noctem in his horis XXIV. nati sunt, una die nati dicuntur, Varr. ap. Gell. 3, 2, 2 (uno die, Macr. S. 1, 3):

    quibus effectis armatisque diebus XXX., a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36 fin.:

    Varronem profiteri, se altera die ad colloquium venturum,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 4 (for which, shortly before: quo cum esset postero die ventum); cf.:

    postera die,

    Sall. J. 68, 2 (for which, in the same author, more freq.:

    postero die): pulchra,

    Hor. Od. 1, 36, 10:

    suprema,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 20:

    atra,

    Verg. A. 6, 429:

    tarda,

    Ov. M. 15, 868 et saep.—(But Caes. B. C. 3, 26, 1; 3, 37, 1, read altero, tertio.)—
    b.
    Connections:

    postridie ejus diei, a favorite expression of Caesar,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23, 1: 1, 47, 2; 1, 48, 2 et saep., v. postridie;

    and cf.: post diem tertium ejus diei,

    Cic. Att. 3, 7; Sulpic. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2; Liv. 27, 35:

    diem ex die exspectabam,

    from day to day, id. ib. 7, 26 fin.; cf.:

    diem ex die ducere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 5; for which also: diem de die prospectans, Liv. 5, 48; and: diem de die differre, id. 25, 25: LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO, for every day, day by day, daily, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; cf.:

    affatim est hominum, in dies qui singulas escas edunt,

    Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 10; so,

    in dies,

    every day, Cic. Top. 16, 62; Caes. B. G. 3, 23, 7; 5, 58, 1; 7, 30, 4; Vell. 2, 52, 2; Liv. 21, 11 Drak.; 34, 11 al.; less freq. in sing.:

    nihil usquam sui videt: in diem rapto vivit,

    Liv. 22, 39; cf.:

    mutabilibus in diem causis (opp. natura perpetua),

    id. 31, 29 (in another signif. v. the foll., no. II. A. 3); and: cui licet in diem ( = singulis diebus, daily) dixisse Vixi, etc., Hor. Od. 3, 29, 42. And still more rarely: ad diem, Treb. Gallien. 17; Vop. Firm. 4:

    ante diem, v. ante.—Die = quotidie or in diem,

    daily, Verg. E. 2, 42; 3, 34:

    quos mille die victor sub Tartara misi,

    id. A. 11, 397:

    paucissimos die composuisse versus,

    Quint. 10, 3, 8:

    saepius die,

    Plin. 15, 6, 6, § 22: die crastini, noni, pristini, quinti, for die crastino, nono, etc., v. h. vv. crastinus, nonus, etc.; and cf. Gell. 10, 24; Macr. S. 1, 4.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    A set day, appointed time, term in the widest sense of the word (for appearing before court, in the army, making a payment, etc.).
    (α).
    Masc.: MORBVS SONTICVS... STATVS DIES CVM HOSTE... QVID HORVM FVIT VNVM IVDICI ARBITROVE REOVE DIES DIFFISVS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12; Fest. p. 273, 26 Müll.; for which: STATVS CONDICTVSVE DIES CVM HOSTE, acc. to Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4;

    and with comic reference to the words of this law,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 5 (found also in Macr. S. 1, 16);

    and freq.: status dies,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 39, 1; Suet. Claud. 1; Flor. 1, 13, 16 et saep.:

    hic nuptiis dictus est dies,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 75; cf.:

    dies colloquio dictus est ex eo die quintus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 42, 4; so,

    dictus,

    id. ib. 5, 27, 5:

    iis certum diem conveniendi dicit,

    id. ib. 5, 57, 2:

    die certo,

    Sall. J. 79, 4; cf.

    constituto,

    id. ib. 13 fin.:

    decretus colloquio,

    id. ib. 113, 3:

    praestitutus,

    Liv. 3, 22:

    praefinitus,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109; Gell. 16, 4, 3:

    ascriptus,

    Phaedr. 4, 11, 8 et saep.:

    quoniam advesperascit, dabis diem nobis aliquem, ut contra ista dicamus,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 40; Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 5; id. B. C. 1, 11, 2; Sall. J. 109, 3; Liv. 35, 35 et saep.:

    dies ater,

    an unlucky day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 25.—
    (β).
    Fem. (so commonly in this sense in class. prose, but only in sing., v. Mützell ad Curt. 3, 1, 8):

    ut quasi dies si dicta sit,

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11; so,

    dicta,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 10 fin.; cf.:

    edicta ad conveniendum,

    Liv. 41, 10 fin.:

    praestituta,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; 2, 2, 28; Ter. Ph. 3, 2, 38; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14 fin.; id. Vatin. 15, 37; id. Tusc. 1, 39; Liv. 45, 11 et saep.; cf.

    constituta,

    Cic. Caecin. 11, 32; Caes. B. G. 1, 4, 2; 1, 8, 3: certa eius rei constituta, id. B. C. 3, 33, 1:

    pacta et constituta,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 24:

    statuta,

    Liv. 31, 29:

    stata,

    id. 27, 23 fin.:

    certa,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 30, 4, 5, 1, 8; id. B. C. 1, 2, 6; Nep. Chabr. 3 et saep.:

    annua,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 23; id. Att. 12, 3 fin.; cf.

    longa,

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 18:

    die caecā emere, oculatā vendere,

    i. e. to buy on credit and sell for cash, id. Ps. 1, 3, 67, v. caecus, no. II. B.:

    haec dies summa hodie est, mea amica sitne libera, an, etc.,

    id. Pers. 1, 1, 34:

    puto fore istam etiam a praecone diem,

    Cic. Att. 13, 3:

    ubi ea dies venit (preceded by tempore ejus rei constituto),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 3:

    praeterita die, qua suorum auxilia exspectaverant,

    id. ib. 7, 77, 1; cf. id. ib. 6, 33, 4:

    esse in lege, quam ad diem proscriptiones fiant,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 44, 128 et saep.—
    (γ).
    Both genders together:

    diem dicunt, qua die ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant: is dies erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr., etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6 fin.; Cic. Att. 2, 11; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3; Liv. 34, 35 al.—
    b.
    Hence: dicere diem alicui, to impeach, lay an accusation against:

    diem mihi, credo, dixerat,

    Cic. Mil. 14, 36:

    Domitium Silano diem dixisse scimus,

    id. Div. in Caec. 20, 67.—
    2.
    A natural day, a day, as opp. to night: ut vel, quia est aliquid, aliud non sit, ut Dies est, nox non est; vel, quia est aliquid, et aliud sit: Sol est super terram, dies est, Quint. 5, 8, 7: pro di immortales, quis hic illuxit dies, Cic. Fragm. ap. Quint. 9, 4, 76:

    credibile non est, quantum scribam die, quin etiam noctibus,

    in the daytime, id. Att. 13, 26:

    negat ullum esse cibum tam gravem, quin is die et nocte concoquatur,

    in a single day and night, id. N. D. 2, 9, 24; cf.

    in this signif.: die ac nocte,

    Plin. 29, 6, 36, § 113:

    nocte et die,

    Liv. 25, 39;

    and simply die,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 4; Quint. 10, 3, 8; cf.

    also: currus rogat ille paternos, Inque diem alipedum jus et moderamen equorum,

    Ov. M. 2, 48; and, connected with nox:

    (Themistocles) diem noctemque procul ab insula in salo navem tenuit in ancoris,

    Nep. Them. 8 fin.; cf. Cic. Div. 2, 27, 59; Liv. 22, 1 fin. —But more freq.: diem noctemque, like our day and night, i. q. without ceasing, uninterruptedly; Caes. B. G. 7, 77, 11; 7, 42 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 62;

    for which less freq.: diem et noctem,

    Hirt. B. Hisp. 38, 1;

    diem ac noctem,

    Liv. 27, 4 and 45:

    noctemque diemque,

    Verg. A. 8, 94; cf. Quint. 9, 4, 23:

    continuate nocte ac die itinere,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 11, 1; 3, 36, 8; and in plur.:

    dies noctesque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 49; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 113; Cic. Att. 7, 9 fin.; Nep. Dat. 4, 4 et saep.; also, reversing the order: noctesque diesque, Enn. ap. Cic. de Sen. 1, 1 (Ann. v. 338 ed. Vahl.); Hor. S. 1, 1, 76:

    noctesque et dies,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 52; id. Eun. 5, 8, 49:

    noctes atque dies,

    Lucr. 2, 12; 3, 62; Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 51; Verg. A. 6, 127 al.:

    noctes diesque,

    id. ib. 9, 488:

    noctes ac dies,

    Cic. Arch. 11, 29:

    noctes et dies,

    id. Brut. 90, 308; id. de Or. 1, 61, 260; id. Tusc. 5, 25 and 39; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 49; cf.

    also: neque noctem neque diem intermittit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 38:

    Galli dies... sic observant, ut noctem dies subsequatur,

    id. ib. 6, 18, 2 Herz ad loc. So, too, in gen.:

    qui nocte dieque frequentat Limina,

    Mart. 10, 58, 11:

    cum die,

    at break of day, Ov. M. 13, 677:

    orto die ( = orta luce),

    Tac. A. 1, 20; 1, 68; id. H. 2, 21:

    ante diem ( = ante lucem),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 35:

    dies fit, late Lat. for lucescit,

    Vulg. Luc. 22, 66: de die, in open day, broad day; v. de.—
    3.
    Dies alicujus (like the Heb. ; v. Gesen. Lex. s. h. v.).
    a.
    I. q. dies natalis, a birthday:

    diem meum scis esse III. Non. Jan. Aderis igitur,

    Cic. Att. 13, 42, 2; cf.

    in full: natali die tuo,

    id. ib. 9, 5 al. So the anniversary day of the foundation of a city is, dies natalis urbis, Cic. Div. 2, 47, 98.—
    b.
    I. q. dies mortis, dying-day:

    quandocumque fatalis et meus dies veniet statuarque tumulo,

    Tac. Or. 13 fin. Called, also: supremus dies. Suet. Aug. 99; id. Tib. 67; cf.:

    supremus vitae dies,

    Cic. de Sen. 21, 78; Suet. Aug. 61. Hence:

    diem suum obire,

    to die, Sulp. in Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2;

    and in the same sense: obire diem supremum,

    Nep. Milt. 7 fin.; id. Dion. 2 fin.; Suet. Claud. 1:

    exigere diem supremum,

    Tac. A. 3, 16:

    explere supremum diem,

    id. ib. 1, 6; 3, 76;

    and simply: obire diem,

    Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248; Suet. Tib. 4; id. Vesp. 1; id. Gr. 3; cf.

    also: fungi diem,

    Just. 19, 1, 1.—
    c.
    I. q. dies febris, fever-day: etsi Non. Mart., [p. 574] die tuo, ut opinor, exspectabam epistolam a te longiorem, Cic. Att. 9, 2 init.; 7, 8, 2 al.
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    In gen. (from no. I. A.).
    1.
    A day, for that which is done in it (cf. the Hebr., the Gr. eleutheron êmar, etc.):

    is dies honestissimus nobis fuerat in senatu,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 3:

    non tam dirus ille dies Sullanus C. Mario,

    id. Att. 10, 8, 7:

    equites Romanos daturos illius diei poenas,

    id. Sest. 12, 28:

    hic dies et Romanis refecit animos et Persea perculit,

    Liv. 42, 67 Drak.; cf. id. 9, 39 fin.; Vell. 2, 35 Ruhnk.; 2, 86; Just. 9, 3 fin.; Flor. 2, 6, 58 Duker.:

    imponite quinquaginta annis magnum diem,

    Tac. Agr. 34:

    quid pulchrius hac consuetudine excutiendi totum diem?... totum diem mecum scrutor, facta ac dicta mea remetior, etc., Sen. de Ira, 3, 36: dies Alliensis, i. q. pugna Alliensis,

    Liv. 6, 1; Suet. Vit. 11:

    Cannensis,

    Flor. 4, 12, 35 al. And so even of one's state of mind on any particular day:

    qualem diem Tiberius induisset,

    what humor, temper, Tac. A. 6, 20. —
    2.
    A day's journey:

    hanc regionem, dierum plus triginta in longitudinem, decem inter duo maria in latitudinem patentem,

    Liv. 38, 59; Just. 36, 2, 14 al.—
    3.
    In gen. (like, hêmera, and our day, for) time, space of time, period:

    diem tempusque forsitan ipsum leniturum iras,

    Liv. 2, 45;

    so with tempus,

    id. 22, 39; 42, 50: amorem intercapedine ipse lenivit dies, Turp. ap. Non. 522, 7;

    so in the masc. gender: longus,

    Stat. Th. 1, 638; Luc. 3, 139;

    but also longa,

    Plaut. Epid. 4, 1, 18; Plin. Ep. 8, 5 fin.; cf.

    perexigua,

    a brief respite, Cic. Verr. 1, 2 fin.:

    nulla,

    Ov. M. 4, 372 al.:

    ex ea die ad hanc diem quae fecisti, in judicium voco,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 12 fin.:

    ut infringatur hominum improbitas ipsa die, quae debilitat cogitationes, etc.,

    id. Fam. 1, 6; cf. id. ib. 7, 28 fin.; id. Tusc. 3, 22, 53 al.: indutiae inde, non pax facta;

    quarum et dies exierat, et ante diem rebellaverant,

    i. e. the term of the truce, Liv. 4, 30 fin.; 30, 24; 42, 47 fin. (for which: quia tempus indutiarum cum Veienti populo exierat, id. 4, 58).—Prov.:

    dies adimit aegritudinem,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 13: dies festus, festival-time, festival:—diem festum Dianae per triduum agi, Liv. 25, 23 et saep.:

    die lanam et agnos vendat,

    at the right time, Cato R. R. 150, 2:

    praesens quod fuerat malum, in diem abiit,

    to a future time, Ter. Ph. 5, 2, 16; so in diem, opp. statim, Q. Cic. Pet. cons. 12, 48;

    and simply in diem,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 48; Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 19; Cic. Cael. 24.—Esp. freq. in diem vivere, to live on from day to day, regardless of the future, Cic. de Or. 2, 40, 169; id. Tusc. 5, 11, 33; Plin. Ep. 5, 5, 4 et saep; cf. the equivoque with de die, under de.—
    B.
    In partic. (acc. to no. I. B. 2— poet., and in postAug. prose).
    1.
    Light of day, daylight:

    contraque diem radiosque micantes Obliquantem oculos,

    Ov. M. 7, 411; 5, 444; 13, 602:

    multis mensibus non cernitur dies,

    Plin. 33, 4, 21, § 70; Plin. Ep. 6, 20, 6; 9, 36, 2 al.; also of the eyesight, Stat. Th. 1, 237;

    and trop. of the conscience: saeva dies animi scelerumque in pectore Dirae,

    id. ib. 1, 52.—
    2.
    For caelum, the sky, the heavens:

    sub quocumque die, quocumque est sidere mundi,

    Luc. 7, 189; 1, 153:

    incendere diem nubes oriente remotae,

    id. 4, 68; 8, 217; Stat. Th. 1, 201.—Hence, like caelum,
    b.
    The weather:

    totumque per annum Durat aprica dies,

    Val. Fl. 1, 845:

    tranquillus,

    Plin. 2, 45, 44, § 115:

    mitis,

    id. 11, 10, 10, § 20:

    pestilens,

    id. 22, 23, 49, § 104.—
    3.
    The air:

    nigrique volumina fumi Infecere diem,

    Ov. M. 13, 600:

    cupio flatu violare diem,

    Claud. in Ruf. 1, 63.
    III.
    Dies personified.
    A.
    I. q. Sol, opp. Luna, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 21;

    coupled with Mensis and Annus,

    Ov. M. 2, 25.—
    B.
    As fem., the daughter of Chaos, and mother of Heaven and Earth, Hyg. Fab. praef.; of the first Venus, Cic. N. D. 3, 23, 59.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > dies

  • 20 loco

    adj.
    1 crazy, cracked, batty, crazed.
    2 crazy.
    m.
    madman, crackpot, crazy person, head case.
    * * *
    1 (gen) mad, crazy, insane
    2 (muy ocupado) terribly busy
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 lunatic, insane person
    \
    a lo loco any old how
    como un,-a loco,-a like mad
    estar loco,-a de alegría to be over the moon
    estar loco,-a por alguien to be mad about somebody
    hacer el loco to act wild
    hacerse el/la loco,-a to pretend to know nothing, act dumb
    ¡ni loco,-a! no way!
    volver loco,-a a alguien to drive somebody crazy, drive somebody mad
    volverse loco,-a to go mad
    loco,-a de remate stark raving mad
    * * *
    1. (f. - loca)
    adj.
    crazy, mad
    2. (f. - loca)
    noun
    * * *
    loco, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=no cuerdo) mad, crazy

    ¿estás loco? — are you mad o crazy?

    no seas loco, eso es muy arriesgado — don't be stupid, that's very risky

    una brújula locaa compass whose needle no longer points north

    estaba loco de alegríahe was mad o wild with joy

    andar o estar loco con algo — (=preocupado) to be worried to death about sth; (=contento) to be crazy about sth

    está loco por algn/algo, está loco por esa chica — he's mad o crazy about that girl

    anda o está loca por irse a Inglaterra — she's mad keen to go to England

    tener o traer loco a algn, este asunto me tiene o trae loco — this business is driving me crazy

    volver loco a algn — to drive sb mad, drive sb round the bend

    volverse loco — to go insane, go mad

    2) (=frenético) hectic
    3) * (=enorme)
    2.
    SM / F lunatic, madman/madwoman

    el loco de César se ha comprado otro cochethat lunatic o madman César has bought another car

    correr como un loco — to run like mad

    gritar como un loco — to shout like a madman, shout one's head off

    hacerse el loco — to act the fool

    es un loco perdidohe's stark raving mad

    ponerse como un loco — to start acting like a madman/madwoman

    3.
    SM Chile abalone, false abalone
    * * *
    I
    - ca adjetivo
    1)
    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane
    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq)

    este tipo está medio loco — (fam) the guy's not all there (colloq)

    no seas loco, te vas a matar — don't be stupid, you'll kill yourself

    ¿disculparme yo? ni (que estuviera) loco! — what, me apologize? not in a million years!

    hacer algo a lo locoto do something any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq)

    estar loco de remate or de atar — (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq)

    tener or (Esp) traer loco a alguien — to be driving somebody crazy (colloq)

    c) (contento, entusiasmado)

    están locos con el nietothey're besotted with their grandchild

    d) (fam) ( ajetreado)
    2)
    b)

    loco de algo: estaba loca de alegría she was blissfully happy; está loco de celos he's wild with jealousy; estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain; está loca de amor — she's madly in love

    II
    - ca masculino, femenino
    1) ( enfermo mental) (m) madman; (f) madwoman

    maneja or (Esp) conduce como un loco — he drives like a lunatic

    corrimos como locos — (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq)

    el loco de Javier se vino a pie — Javier walked here, mad fool that he is

    hay mucho loco suelto — (fam) there are a lot of weirdos about (colloq)

    cada loco con su tema — (fam) to each his own

    la loca de la casa — (liter) the imagination

    2) loco masculino (Zool) abalone
    * * *
    = crazy [crazier -comp., craziest -sup.], demented, crazed, daft [dafter -comp., daftest -sup.], bananas, mad, insane, deranged, out of + Posesivo + mind, lunatic, nut, bonkers, wacko, dolally tap, dolally [do-lally], imbecile, berserk, wacky [wackier -comp., wackiest -sup.], madman, nutter, off + Posesivo + nut, kook, daffy [daffier -comp., daffiest -sup.], loony [loonier -comp., looniest -sup], maniac, out of + Posesivo + senses, off + Posesivo + knocker, off + Posesivo + rocker, moonstruck.
    Ex. Lest it appear that Ms Marshall's committee and a few others of us, notoriously associated with that kind of work, are little more than crazy, fire-breathing radicals, let me add this gloss immediately.
    Ex. Without the ability to select when faced with these choices we would be like demented dogs chasing every attractive smell that reaches our noses in complete confusion of purpose.
    Ex. Many of the inhabitants were shot dead or injured by a crazed gunman.
    Ex. Ranking among the dafter exercises sometimes imposed on children is the one that requires them to describe a screwdriver or a vase or the desks they sit at, or any familiar object.
    Ex. It is frequently lack of that causes teachers to accuse children of being lazy, uncooperative, insubordinate, rude, or plain bananas.
    Ex. When J D Brown allowed the public of Islington to have open access to the books in the 1890s he was regarded by many of his colleagues as mad!.
    Ex. Ramakrishna was deemed holy by his followers but considered insane by many non-Hindus chiefly because of his behavior when interacting with the goddess Kali.
    Ex. Accessing the web today is like entering a large library, where there is no catalogue but where a deranged janitor has assembled in the lobby a few pages torn from the indexes of randomly selected volumes.
    Ex. The article ' Out of their minds: legal theory in neural networks' criticises the use of neural networks in law.
    Ex. This put the matter down to the work of a marginal fringe of hotheads & lunatics.
    Ex. The ratings war between TV programmes has produced an emphasis on ' nuts, sluts, & perverts' & their victims, & discussion of sexual problems are commonplace on TV talk shows.
    Ex. This client was bonkers, but believable.
    Ex. Varieties of bad bosses include disagreeable taskmasters, overly ambitious artists, and outright ' wackos'.
    Ex. Now I know this country of ours is totally dolally tap!.
    Ex. The server has gone dolally by the looks of it.
    Ex. The same evil is done in slaving, tormenting and killing, say, chimpanzees as is done in so injuring human imbeciles.
    Ex. Today, hyperbolic comic and cartoon imagery is an established movie aesthetic -- a berserk but ironic Pop Art expressionism.
    Ex. 'Open Season' is a wild and wacky animated comedy set in the town of Timberline.
    Ex. Since January of 2006 we have had to deal with the raving lunatics and suicidal madmen of the ruling party of Hamas.
    Ex. Even if we do come up with an alternative to nuclear power, in the future, there will be nutters protesting that as well.
    Ex. A few years later Stewart went completely off his nut, staged a series of bombings, and wound up in prison after a bizarre kidnapping stunt.
    Ex. He then ended his affair with Mia, Bram's housekeeper cum lottery winner and daughter of the kook who swears he was abuducted by aliens.
    Ex. This isn't as daffy as it seems to us as we hustle about on the verge of the third millennium.
    Ex. Some loud loonies are not dangerous to the library while others may be; the librarian needs to be able to guess which is which.
    Ex. The novel is a crude barbaric mixture of verse and prose, poetry and realism, crammed with ghosts, corpses, maniacs all very unlike Racine.
    Ex. He means well for his country, is always an honest man, often a wise one, but sometimes and in some things, absolutely out of his senses.
    Ex. Every firearm hast its pros and cons and anyone who tells you otherwise is off their knocker.
    Ex. I find it fascinating how Bradley can be perfectly reasonable one moment, and off his rocker the next.
    Ex. ' Moonstruck' has all the fun of movies about weddings: a reluctant groom, an overeager bride, and an emotionally distraught family.
    ----
    * a lo loco = helter-skelter, like there's no tomorrow.
    * a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.
    * buscando como loco = in hot pursuit of.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * chillar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * gritar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * hacerse el loco = act + dumb, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have heard, pretend + not to have seen, turn + a deaf ear to.
    * idea loca = wild thought.
    * loco como una cabra = raving lunatic.
    * loco de alegría = chuffed to bits.
    * loco de atar = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic, stir-crazy.
    * loco de contento = chuffed to bits.
    * loco del deporte = sports freak.
    * loco de remate = barking mad, certified madman.
    * loco perdido = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic.
    * ¡ni loco! = Not on your life!, You won't catch me doing it.
    * parecer loco = sound + crazy.
    * ponerse como loco = get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * sine loco (s.l.) = s.l. (sine loco).
    * trabajar como un loco = work off + Posesivo + shoes.
    * volver a Alguien loco = drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * volver loco = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver loco a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops, push + Alguien + over the edge.
    * volverse loco = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse loco de alegría = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * volverse loco por = sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go + gaga (over).
    * * *
    I
    - ca adjetivo
    1)
    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane
    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq)

    este tipo está medio loco — (fam) the guy's not all there (colloq)

    no seas loco, te vas a matar — don't be stupid, you'll kill yourself

    ¿disculparme yo? ni (que estuviera) loco! — what, me apologize? not in a million years!

    hacer algo a lo locoto do something any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq)

    estar loco de remate or de atar — (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq)

    tener or (Esp) traer loco a alguien — to be driving somebody crazy (colloq)

    c) (contento, entusiasmado)

    están locos con el nietothey're besotted with their grandchild

    d) (fam) ( ajetreado)
    2)
    b)

    loco de algo: estaba loca de alegría she was blissfully happy; está loco de celos he's wild with jealousy; estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain; está loca de amor — she's madly in love

    II
    - ca masculino, femenino
    1) ( enfermo mental) (m) madman; (f) madwoman

    maneja or (Esp) conduce como un loco — he drives like a lunatic

    corrimos como locos — (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq)

    el loco de Javier se vino a pie — Javier walked here, mad fool that he is

    hay mucho loco suelto — (fam) there are a lot of weirdos about (colloq)

    cada loco con su tema — (fam) to each his own

    la loca de la casa — (liter) the imagination

    2) loco masculino (Zool) abalone
    * * *
    = crazy [crazier -comp., craziest -sup.], demented, crazed, daft [dafter -comp., daftest -sup.], bananas, mad, insane, deranged, out of + Posesivo + mind, lunatic, nut, bonkers, wacko, dolally tap, dolally [do-lally], imbecile, berserk, wacky [wackier -comp., wackiest -sup.], madman, nutter, off + Posesivo + nut, kook, daffy [daffier -comp., daffiest -sup.], loony [loonier -comp., looniest -sup], maniac, out of + Posesivo + senses, off + Posesivo + knocker, off + Posesivo + rocker, moonstruck.

    Ex: Lest it appear that Ms Marshall's committee and a few others of us, notoriously associated with that kind of work, are little more than crazy, fire-breathing radicals, let me add this gloss immediately.

    Ex: Without the ability to select when faced with these choices we would be like demented dogs chasing every attractive smell that reaches our noses in complete confusion of purpose.
    Ex: Many of the inhabitants were shot dead or injured by a crazed gunman.
    Ex: Ranking among the dafter exercises sometimes imposed on children is the one that requires them to describe a screwdriver or a vase or the desks they sit at, or any familiar object.
    Ex: It is frequently lack of that causes teachers to accuse children of being lazy, uncooperative, insubordinate, rude, or plain bananas.
    Ex: When J D Brown allowed the public of Islington to have open access to the books in the 1890s he was regarded by many of his colleagues as mad!.
    Ex: Ramakrishna was deemed holy by his followers but considered insane by many non-Hindus chiefly because of his behavior when interacting with the goddess Kali.
    Ex: Accessing the web today is like entering a large library, where there is no catalogue but where a deranged janitor has assembled in the lobby a few pages torn from the indexes of randomly selected volumes.
    Ex: The article ' Out of their minds: legal theory in neural networks' criticises the use of neural networks in law.
    Ex: This put the matter down to the work of a marginal fringe of hotheads & lunatics.
    Ex: The ratings war between TV programmes has produced an emphasis on ' nuts, sluts, & perverts' & their victims, & discussion of sexual problems are commonplace on TV talk shows.
    Ex: This client was bonkers, but believable.
    Ex: Varieties of bad bosses include disagreeable taskmasters, overly ambitious artists, and outright ' wackos'.
    Ex: Now I know this country of ours is totally dolally tap!.
    Ex: The server has gone dolally by the looks of it.
    Ex: The same evil is done in slaving, tormenting and killing, say, chimpanzees as is done in so injuring human imbeciles.
    Ex: Today, hyperbolic comic and cartoon imagery is an established movie aesthetic -- a berserk but ironic Pop Art expressionism.
    Ex: 'Open Season' is a wild and wacky animated comedy set in the town of Timberline.
    Ex: Since January of 2006 we have had to deal with the raving lunatics and suicidal madmen of the ruling party of Hamas.
    Ex: Even if we do come up with an alternative to nuclear power, in the future, there will be nutters protesting that as well.
    Ex: A few years later Stewart went completely off his nut, staged a series of bombings, and wound up in prison after a bizarre kidnapping stunt.
    Ex: He then ended his affair with Mia, Bram's housekeeper cum lottery winner and daughter of the kook who swears he was abuducted by aliens.
    Ex: This isn't as daffy as it seems to us as we hustle about on the verge of the third millennium.
    Ex: Some loud loonies are not dangerous to the library while others may be; the librarian needs to be able to guess which is which.
    Ex: The novel is a crude barbaric mixture of verse and prose, poetry and realism, crammed with ghosts, corpses, maniacs all very unlike Racine.
    Ex: He means well for his country, is always an honest man, often a wise one, but sometimes and in some things, absolutely out of his senses.
    Ex: Every firearm hast its pros and cons and anyone who tells you otherwise is off their knocker.
    Ex: I find it fascinating how Bradley can be perfectly reasonable one moment, and off his rocker the next.
    Ex: ' Moonstruck' has all the fun of movies about weddings: a reluctant groom, an overeager bride, and an emotionally distraught family.
    * a lo loco = helter-skelter, like there's no tomorrow.
    * a tontas y locas = like there's no tomorrow, without rhyme or reason.
    * buscando como loco = in hot pursuit of.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * chillar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * gritar como un loco = shout + Posesivo + head off, scream + Posesivo + head off, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + head, shout at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + voice, scream at + the top of + Posesivo + lungs, scream like + a banshee, wail like + a banshee.
    * hacerse el loco = act + dumb, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have heard, pretend + not to have seen, turn + a deaf ear to.
    * idea loca = wild thought.
    * loco como una cabra = raving lunatic.
    * loco de alegría = chuffed to bits.
    * loco de atar = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic, stir-crazy.
    * loco de contento = chuffed to bits.
    * loco del deporte = sports freak.
    * loco de remate = barking mad, certified madman.
    * loco perdido = stark raving mad, raving mad, raving lunatic.
    * ¡ni loco! = Not on your life!, You won't catch me doing it.
    * parecer loco = sound + crazy.
    * ponerse como loco = get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * sine loco (s.l.) = s.l. (sine loco).
    * trabajar como un loco = work off + Posesivo + shoes.
    * volver a Alguien loco = drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * volver loco = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, piss + Nombre + off.
    * volver loco a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops, push + Alguien + over the edge.
    * volverse loco = go + bananas, take + leave of + Posesivo + senses, go + mad, run + amok, lose + Posesivo + marbles, go + bonkers, go + berserk, go + postal, go + wild, go + crazy, go + nuts, go + potty, get + a buzz from, go out of + Posesivo + mind, throw + a wobbly, go off + the rails, throw + a wobbler, go + haywire, go off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * volverse loco de alegría = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * volverse loco por = sweep + Nombre + off + Posesivo + feet, go + gaga (over).

    * * *
    loco1 -ca
    A
    1 ( Med, Psic) mad, insane
    2 (chiflado) crazy ( colloq), nuts ( colloq), mad ( BrE colloq)
    este tipo está medio loco ( fam); this guy's not all there ( colloq), this guy's a bit cracked ( colloq)
    ¡pero ustedes están or ( AmL) son locos! you must be crazy o mad o insane o out of your mind! ( colloq)
    no seas loco, te vas a matar don't be so stupid o foolish, you'll kill yourself
    eso no lo hago (pero) ni loco there's no way I'd do that, nothing in the world would make me do that o induce me to do that
    ¿disculparme yo? ¡ni (que estuviera) loco! what, me apologize? not in a million years o no way o never!
    llenó el formulario a lo loco she completed the form any which way ( AmE) o ( BrE) any old how ( colloq)
    gasta dinero a lo loco he spends money like water o like there's no tomorrow
    estar loco de remate or de atar ( fam); to be stark raving o stark staring mad, to be nutty as a fruitcake ( colloq), to be completely nuts ( colloq), to be mad as a hatter ( BrE)
    traer or tener loco a algn ( Esp); to be driving sb mad o crazy o up the wall o round the bend ( colloq)
    volver loco a algn to drive sb mad o crazy ( colloq)
    vuelve locos a los hombres she drives men wild ( colloq)
    el chocolate me vuelve loca I adore chocolate, I'm a chocolate addict ( colloq)
    volverse loco to go mad
    este desorden es para volverse loco this mess is enough to drive you crazy ( colloq)
    3
    (contento, entusiasmado): están locos con el nieto they're besotted with o crazy about their grandchild
    está loca por él she's mad o crazy o wild about him ( colloq)
    está loco por verla/por que le presenten a Laura he's dying o ( BrE) mad keen to see her/to be introduced to Laura ( colloq)
    es loco por las aceitunas (CS); he's crazy about o mad on olives ( colloq)
    4 ( fam) (preocupado) worried sick ( colloq)
    anda (como) loco con las pruebas he's worried sick about the tests
    B
    1
    (indicando gran cantidad): tengo unas ganas locas de verla I'm really looking forward to seeing her, I'm dying to see her ( colloq)
    tuvo una suerte loca she was incredibly lucky
    la obra tuvo un éxito loco the play was hugely successful
    tienen la guita loca ( RPl arg); they're rolling in it ( colloq), they're absolutely loaded ( colloq)
    2 loco DE algo:
    estaba loca de alegría or de contenta she was incredibly happy, she was over the moon ( BrE colloq)
    está loco de ira/celos he's wild with anger/jealousy
    estaba loco de dolor he was racked with pain
    está loca de amor por él she's madly in love with him
    3
    (CS fam) (indicando poca cantidad): por cuatro clientes locos que puedan venir, no vamos a abrir it's not worth opening up just for a few odd customers
    loco2 -ca
    masculine, feminine
    A (enfermo mental) ( masculine) madman; ( feminine) madwoman
    se puso como un loco al oír la noticia he went crazy o mad when he heard the news
    maneja or ( Esp) conduce como un loco he drives like a madman o lunatic
    corrimos como locos para alcanzar el autobús ( fam); we ran like crazy o mad to catch the bus ( colloq)
    gritaba como una loca she was shouting like a madwoman, she was shouting her head off ( colloq)
    ¡qué desorganización, esto es de locos! what chaos! this is pure o sheer madness!
    el loco de Javier se ha venido a pie Javier walked here, madman that he is
    hoy en día hay mucho loco suelto ( fam); there are a lot of loonies o nutcases o weirdos about these days ( colloq)
    cada loco con su tema ( fam); to each his own, each to his own ( BrE)
    ahora le ha dado por el budismocada loco con su tema she's into Buddhism now — oh well, each to his own o ( colloq) whatever turns you on
    hacer el loco ( Chi fam); to make a fool of oneself
    hacerse el loco to act dumb ( colloq)
    no te hagas el loco don't act dumb, don't pretend you haven't seen/heard
    la loca de la casa ( liter); the imagination
    B
    loco masculine ( Chi) ( Zool) abalone
    C
    loco masculine ( RPl arg) (hombre) guy ( colloq), bloke ( BrE colloq)
    * * *

     

    loco 1
    ◊ -ca adjetivo

    a) (Med, Psic) mad, insane

    b) ( chiflado) crazy (colloq), nuts (colloq);


    eso no lo hago (pero) ni loco there's no way I'd do that;
    hacer algo a lo loco to do sth any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how (colloq);
    estar loco de remate (fam) to be completely nuts (colloq);
    tener or (Esp) traer loco a algn to be driving sb crazy (colloq);
    volver loco a algn to drive sb crazy (colloq);
    volverse loco to go mad


    está loco por volver he's dying to come back (colloq)
    d) (fam) ( ajetreado):




    tuvo una suerte loca she was incredibly lucky
    f) estar loco de algo: ‹de entusiasmo/furia/celos› to be wild with sth;

    de dolor/remordimiento› to be racked with sth;

    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( enfermo mental) (m) madman;
    (f) madwoman;
    se puso como un loco he went crazy o mad;

    corrimos como locos (fam) we ran like crazy o mad (colloq);
    hacerse el loco to act dumb (colloq)
    loco 2 sustantivo masculino (Chi) (Zool) abalone
    loco,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 mad, crazy
    volverse loco, to lose one's mind o to go mad
    2 (deseoso) estoy loco por ir a París, I'm eager to travel to Paris
    3 (entusiasmado) está loca de alegría, she's thrilled
    está loco por las motos, he's crazy about motorbikes
    II m,f (hombre) madman, (mujer) madwoman
    ♦ Locuciones: hacerse el loco, to act the fool
    familiar ¡ni loco!, I'd sooner die!
    familiar traer/volver loco a alguien, to drive sb crazy
    a lo loco, crazily

    ' loco' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    atar
    - chiflada
    - chiflado
    - conforme
    - enajenar
    - enajenarse
    - estragos
    - hormigueo
    - ida
    - ido
    - loc. cit.
    - loca
    - tema
    - tocada
    - tocado
    - trastocarse
    - trastornar
    - volver
    - volverse
    - carro
    - maniaco
    - perdido
    - poner
    - rayado
    - rayar
    - rematado
    English:
    amok
    - away
    - bend
    - berserk
    - beside
    - bit
    - bonkers
    - certifiable
    - change over
    - cracker
    - crazy
    - cuckoo
    - delirious
    - demented
    - drive
    - gaga
    - head
    - hijack
    - insane
    - loony
    - lunatic
    - mad
    - madly
    - madman
    - maniac
    - mind
    - moon
    - nut
    - nuts
    - nutter
    - nutty
    - parched
    - potshot
    - rampage
    - raving
    - roadhog
    - send
    - some
    - something
    - stark
    - wall
    - wild
    - wildly
    - wind up
    - wit
    - bumper car
    - cracked
    - fear
    - flap
    - go
    * * *
    loco, -a
    adj
    1. [demente] mad, crazy;
    volver loco a alguien [enajenar, aturdir] to drive sb mad;
    esos martillazos en la pared me van a volver loco that hammering on the wall is driving me mad;
    el dolor lo volvía loco the pain was driving him mad;
    volverse loco to go mad;
    este niño me trae loco this child is driving me mad;
    estar loco de atar o [m5] de remate to be stark raving mad;
    ¡ni loco! (absolutely) no way!;
    ¡no lo haría ni loco! there's no way you'd get me doing that!
    2. [insensato] mad, crazy;
    no seas loca, es muy peligroso don't be (so) stupid, it's very dangerous;
    está medio loco pero es muy simpático he's a bit crazy, but he's very nice with it;
    a lo loco [sin pensar] hastily;
    [temerariamente] wildly;
    conduce o Am [m5] maneja a lo loco he drives like a madman
    3. [apasionado, entusiasmado] mad, crazy;
    la abuela está loca con su nieto the grandmother's mad o crazy about her grandson;
    estar loco de contento/pasión to be wild with joy/passion;
    estar loco de amor to be madly in love;
    estar loco de celos to be wildly o insanely jealous;
    estar loco de ira to be raging mad;
    estar o CSur [m5]ser loco por algo/alguien to be mad about sth/sb;
    está o CSur [m5] es loco por ella [enamorado] he's madly in love with her, he's crazy about her;
    está loca por conocerte she's dying to meet you;
    está (como) loco por que lleguen los invitados he's desperate for the guests to arrive, he can't wait for the guests to arrive;
    le vuelve loco el fútbol he's mad about soccer o Br football, he's soccer-crazy o Br football-crazy;
    la vuelve loca la paella she absolutely adores paella
    4. [muy ajetreado] mad, hectic;
    llevamos una semana loca it's been a mad week for us
    5. [enorme]
    tengo unas ganas locas de conocer Italia I'm absolutely dying to go to Italy;
    tuvimos una suerte loca we were extraordinarily o amazingly lucky;
    RP Fam
    tener la guita loca to be rolling in it
    6. RP Fam [insignificante]
    sólo van a venir tres o cuatro invitados locos only a handful of guests will show up;
    no nos vamos a pelear por dos pesos locos let's not quarrel over a few measly pesos
    nm,f
    1. [enfermo] [hombre] lunatic, madman;
    [mujer] lunatic, madwoman;
    conduce o Am [m5] maneja como un loco he drives like a madman;
    corrimos como locos we ran like mad o crazy;
    el loco de tu marido se puso a chillar that madman husband of yours started shouting;
    ponerse como un loco [enfadarse] to go mad;
    sería de locos empezar de nuevo todo el trabajo it would be crazy o madness to start the whole job over again;
    Fam
    ¡deja de hacer el loco! stop messing around!;
    cada loco con su tema: ya está otra vez Santi con lo del yoga, cada loco con su tema Santi's going on about yoga again, the man's obsessed!;
    Fam
    hacerse el loco to play dumb, to pretend not to understand
    2. RP, Ven Fam [como apelativo]
    este loco se encarga de todo this guy's in charge of everything;
    loco, vení para acá come over here, Br mate o US buddy
    3. Chile [molusco comestible] false abalone
    * * *
    I adj mad, crazy;
    a lo loco fam ( sin pensar) hastily;
    es para volverse loco it’s enough to drive you mad o crazy;
    remate completely mad;
    estar loco de alegría be insanely happy;
    estar loco por alguien be mad o crazy about s.o.
    II m
    1 madman;
    cada loco con su tema each to his own;
    hacer el loco make a fool of o.s.
    guy;
    loco, ayudame help me, pal
    * * *
    loco, -ca adj
    1) demente: crazy, insane, mad
    2)
    a lo loco : wildly, recklessly
    3)
    volverse loco : to go mad
    loco, -ca n
    1) : crazy person, lunatic
    2)
    hacerse el loco : to act the fool
    * * *
    loco1 adj crazy [comp. crazier; superl. craziest] / mad [comp. madder; superl. maddest]
    loco2 n lunatic

    Spanish-English dictionary > loco

См. также в других словарях:

  • like — I. verb (liked; liking) Etymology: Middle English, from Old English līcian; akin to Old English gelīc alike Date: before 12th century transitive verb 1. chiefly dialect to be suitable or agreeable to < I like onions but they don t like me > 2 …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • Prose or Sequence — • A liturgical hymn used on certain festivals before the Gospel in the Mass Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Prose Or Sequence     Prose or Sequence      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • like# — like vb Like, love, eiyoy, relish, fancy, dote are comparable when meaning to be so attracted to a person or thing as to regard him or it with favor. Like (opposed to dislike), the most general and, especially when unqualified, the most colorless …   New Dictionary of Synonyms

  • Like a Rolling Stone — Single par Bob Dylan extrait de l’album Highway 61 Revisited Pays  États Unis …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Prose Tristan — The Prose Tristan is an adaptation of the Tristan and Iseult story into a long prose romance, and the first to tie the subject entirely into the arc of the Arthurian legend. It was also the first major Arthurian prose cycle commenced after the… …   Wikipedia

  • More Than Human — This article is about the 1953 novel. For the 2003 television show, see More than Human (TV show). For the book by Ramez Naam, see Ramez Naam. More Than Human   …   Wikipedia

  • nonfictional prose — Introduction       any literary work that is based mainly on fact, even though it may contain fictional elements. Examples are the essay and biography.       Defining nonfictional prose literature is an immensely challenging task. This type of… …   Universalium

  • Augustan prose — is somewhat ill defined, as the definition of Augustan relies primarily upon changes in taste in poetry. However, the general time represented by Augustan literature saw a rise in prose writing as high literature. The essay, satire, and dialogue… …   Wikipedia

  • As You Like It — This article is about Shakespeare s play. For other uses, see As You Like It (disambiguation). Facsimile of the first page of As You Like It from the First Folio, published in 1623. As You Like It is a pastoral comedy by William Shakespeare… …   Wikipedia

  • Purple prose — This is an article about a literary term. For Purple Prose magazine, see Purple (magazine). Purple prose is a term of literary criticism used to describe passages, or sometimes entire literary works, written in prose so overly extravagant, ornate …   Wikipedia

  • Reading Like a Writer — infobox Book | name = Reading Like a Writer title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of the first edition author = Francine Prose illustrator = cover artist = Roberto de Viqde Cumptich country = United States language = English series =… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»